MPlayer(1)		       The Movie Player 		    MPlayer(1)



NNAAMMEE
       mplayer	- movie player
       mencoder - movie encoder

SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
       mmppllaayyeerr [options] [file|URL|playlist|-]
       mmppllaayyeerr [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]
       mmppllaayyeerr [options] {group of files and options} [group-specific options]
       mmppllaayyeerr [dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]-end_title] [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr vcd://track[/device]
       mmppllaayyeerr tv://[channel] [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr pvr:// [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr dvb://[card_number@]channel [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr mf://filemask [-mf options] [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr [cdda|cddb]://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr cue://file[:track] [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr [file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv]://
       [user:pass@]URL[:port] [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr sdp://file [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr mpst://host[:port]/URL [options]
       mmppllaayyeerr tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options]
       ggmmppllaayyeerr [options] [-skin skin]
       mmeennccooddeerr [options] file [file|URL|-] [-o file]
       mmeennccooddeerr [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]

DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
       mmppllaayyeerr	is  a movie player for Linux (runs on many other platforms and
       CPU architectures, see the documentation).   It	plays  most  MPEG/VOB,
       AVI, ASF/WMA/WMV, RM, QT/MOV/MP4, Ogg/OGM, MKV, VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo,
       yuv4mpeg, FILM and RoQ files,  supported  by  many  native  and	binary
       codecs.	 You  can watch Video CD, SVCD, DVD, 3ivx, DivX 3/4/5 and even
       WMV movies, too.

       MPlayer supports a wide range of video and audio  output  drivers.   It
       works  with  X11,  Xv, DGA, OpenGL, SVGAlib, fbdev, AAlib, libcaca, Di-
       rectFB, Quartz, Mac OS X CoreVideo, but you can also use GGI, SDL  (and
       all  their  drivers), VESA (on every VESA-compatible card, even without
       X11), some low-level card-specific drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx  and  ATI)
       and  some  hardware MPEG decoder boards, such as the Siemens DVB, Haup-
       pauge PVR (IVTV), DXR2 and DXR3/Hollywood+.  Most of them support soft-
       ware or hardware scaling, so you can enjoy movies in fullscreen mode.

       MPlayer	has an onscreen display (OSD) for status information, nice big
       antialiased shaded subtitles and visual feedback for keyboard controls.
       European/ISO8859-1,2 (Hungarian, English, Czech, etc), Cyrillic and Ko-
       rean fonts are supported along with 12 subtitle formats (MicroDVD, Sub-
       Rip,  OGM, SubViewer, Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS and
       our own: MPsub) and DVD subtitles (SPU streams, VOBsub and Closed  Cap-
       tions).

       mmeennccooddeerr  (MPlayer's Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder, designed
       to encode MPlayer-playable movies (see above) to other MPlayer-playable
       formats	(see  below).	It  encodes  to MPEG-4 (DivX/XviD), one of the
       libavcodec codecs and PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio in 1, 2 or 3	passes.   Fur-
       thermore  it  has  stream  copying  abilities, a powerful filter system
       (crop, expand, flip, postprocess, rotate, scale, noise, RGB/YUV conver-
       sion) and more.

       ggmmppllaayyeerr  is  MPlayer with a graphical user interface.  It has the same
       options as MPlayer.

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at  the  end  of
       this man page.

       AAllssoo sseeee tthhee HHTTMMLL ddooccuummeennttaattiioonn!!

IINNTTEERRAACCTTIIVVEE CCOONNTTRROOLL
       MPlayer	has  a	fully configurable, command-driven control layer which
       allows you to control MPlayer using keyboard, mouse, joystick or remote
       control (with LIRC).  See the -input option for ways to customize it.

       kkeeyybbooaarrdd ccoonnttrrooll
	      <- and ->
		   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
	      up and down
		   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
	      pgup and pgdown
		   Seek forward/backward 10 minutes.
	      [ and ]
		   Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
	      { and }
		   Halve/double current playback speed.
	      backspace
		   Reset playback speed to normal.
	      < and >
		   Go backward/forward in the playlist.
	      ENTER
		   Go forward in the playlist, even over the end.
	      HOME and END
		   next/previous playtree entry in the parent list
	      INS and DEL (ASX playlist only)
		   next/previous alternative source.
	      p / SPACE
		   Pause (pressing again unpauses).
	      .
		   Step  forward.   Pressing once will pause movie, every con-
		   secutive press will play one frame and then go  into  pause
		   mode again (any other key unpauses).
	      q / ESC
		   Stop playing and quit.
	      + and -
		   Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
	      / and *
		   Decrease/increase volume.
	      9 and 0
		   Decrease/increase volume.
	      m
		   Mute sound.
	      # (MPEG and Matroska only)
		   Cycle through the available audio tracks.
	      f
		   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
	      T
		   Toggle stay-on-top (also see -ontop).
	      w and e
		   Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
	      o
		   Toggle  OSD	states:  none  /  seek / seek + timer / seek +
		   timer + total time.
	      d
		   Toggle frame dropping states: none / skip  display  /  skip
		   decoding (see -framedrop and -hardframedrop).
	      v
		   Toggle subtitle visibility.
	      b / j
		   Cycle through the available subtitles.
	      y and g
		   Step forward/backward in the subtitle list.
	      F
		   Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
	      a
		   Toggle subtitle alignment: top / middle / bottom.
	      x and z
		   Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
	      r and t
		   Move subtitles up/down.
	      i (-edlout mode only)
		   Set	start  or  end	of an EDL skip and write it out to the
		   given file.
	      s (-vf screenshot only)
		   Take a screenshot.
	      S (-vf screenshot only)
		   Start/stop taking screenshots.
	      I
		   Show filename on the OSD.
	      ! and @
		   Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter.

	      (The following keys are valid only when using a hardware	accel-
	      erated  video  output  (xv, (x)vidix, (x)mga, etc), the software
	      equalizer (-vf eq or -vf eq2) or hue filter (-vf hue).)

	      1 and 2
		   Adjust contrast.
	      3 and 4
		   Adjust brightness.
	      5 and 6
		   Adjust hue.
	      7 and 8
		   Adjust saturation.

	      (The following keys are valid only when using the quartz or  ma-
	      cosx video output driver.)

	      command + 0
		   Resize movie window to half its original size.
	      command + 1
		   Resize movie window to its original size.
	      command + 2
		   Resize movie window to double its original size.
	      command + f
		   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
	      command + [ and command + ]
		   Set movie window alpha.

	      (The following keys are valid only when using the sdl video out-
	      put driver.)

	      c
		   Cycle through available fullscreen modes.
	      n
		   Restore original mode.

	      (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multi-
	      media keys.)

	      PAUSE
		   Pause.
	      STOP
		   Stop playing and quit.
	      PREVIOUS and NEXT
		   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

	      (The following keys are only valid if GUI support is compiled in
	      and will take precedence over the keys defined above.)

	      ENTER
		   Start playing.
	      ESC
		   Stop playing.
	      l
		   Load file.
	      t
		   Load subtitle.
	      c
		   Open skin browser.
	      p
		   Open playlist.
	      r
		   Open preferences.

	      (The following keys are only valid if you compiled  with	TV  or
	      DVB input support and will take precedence over the keys defined
	      above.)

	      h and k
		   Select previous/next channel.
	      n
		   Change norm.
	      u
		   Change channel list.

	      (The following keys are only valid if you compiled  with	dvdnav
	      support: they are used to navigate the menus)

	      keypad 8
		   Select button up.
	      keypad 2
		   Select button down.
	      keypad 4
		   Select button left.
	      keypad 6
		   Select button right.
	      keypad 5
		   Return to main menu.
	      keypad 7
		   Return  to  nearest menu (the order of preference is: chap-
		   ter->title->root).
	      keypad ENTER
		   Confirm choice.


	      mmoouussee ccoonnttrrooll
		     button 3 and button 4
			  Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
		     button 5 and button 6
			  Decrease/increase volume.

	      jjooyyssttiicckk ccoonnttrrooll
		     left and right
			  Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
		     up and down
			  Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
		     button 1
			  Pause.
		     button 2
			  Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek
			  + timer + total time.
		     button 3 and button 4
			  Decrease/increase volume.

UUSSAAGGEE
       Every  'flag'  option  has a 'noflag' counterpart, e.g. the opposite of
       the -fs option is -nofs.

       If an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in  combination
       with the XXX option or if XXX is compiled in.

       _N_O_T_E_:  The  suboption  parser (used for example for -ao pcm suboptions)
       supports a special kind of string-escaping intended for use with exter-
       nal GUIs.
       It has the following format:
       %n%string_of_length_n
       _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_S_:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi
       Or in a script:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi


CCOONNFFIIGGUURRAATTIIOONN FFIILLEESS
       You  can  put  all  of the options in configuration files which will be
       read every time MPlayer/MEncoder is run.  The system-wide configuration
       file  'mplayer.conf'  is  in  your  configuration directory (e.g. /etc/
       mplayer or /usr/local/share/mplayer), the  user	specific  one  is  '~/
       .mplayer/config'.    The  configuration	file  for  MEncoder  is  'men-
       coder.conf' in your configuration directory (e.g. /etc/mplayer or /usr/
       local/share/mplayer),   the   user  specific  one  is  '~/.mplayer/men-
       coder.conf.  User specific options override system-wide options and op-
       tions  given  on  the  command line override either.  The syntax of the
       configuration files is 'option=<value>', everything after a '#' is con-
       sidered	a comment.  Options that work without values can be enabled by
       setting them to 'yes' or '1' or 'true' and disabled by setting them  to
       'no'  or '0' or 'false'.  Even suboptions can be specified in this way.

       You can also write file-specific configuration files.  If you  wish  to
       have  a configuration file for a file called 'movie.avi', create a file
       named 'movie.avi.conf' with the file-specific options in it and put  it
       in  ~/.mplayer/.   You  can also put the configuration file in the same
       directory as the file to be played, as  long  as  you  give  the  -use-
       filedir-conf  option (either on the command line or in your global con-
       fig file).

       _E_X_A_M_P_L_E _M_P_L_A_Y_E_R _C_O_N_F_I_G_U_R_A_T_I_O_N _F_I_L_E_:

       # Use Matrox driver by default.
       vo=xmga
       # I love practicing handstands while watching videos.
       flip=yes
       # Decode/encode multiple files from PNG,
       # start with mf://filemask
       mf=type=png:fps=25
       # Eerie negative images are cool.
       vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8

       _E_X_A_M_P_L_E _M_E_N_C_O_D_E_R _C_O_N_F_I_G_U_R_A_T_I_O_N _F_I_L_E_:

       # Make MEncoder output to a default filename.
       o=encoded.avi
       # The next 4 lines allow mencoder tv:// to start capturing immediately.
       oac=pcm=yes
       ovc=lavc=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg
       tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
       # more complex default encoding option set
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1
       lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4
       ovc=lavc=1
       oac=lavc=1
       passlogfile=pass1stats.log
       noautoexpand=1
       subfont-autoscale=3
       subfont-osd-scale=6
       subfont-text-scale=4
       subalign=2
       subpos=96
       spuaa=20

PPRROOFFIILLEESS
       To ease working with different configurations profiles can  be  defined
       in  the	configuration  files.	A profile starts with its name between
       square brackets, e.g. '[my-profile]'.  All following  options  will  be
       part of the profile.  A description (shown by -profile help) can be de-
       fined with the profile-desc option.  To end the profile, start  another
       one  or use the profile name 'default' to continue with normal options.

       _E_X_A_M_P_L_E _M_E_N_C_O_D_E_R _P_R_O_F_I_L_E_:


       [mpeg4]
       profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding"
       ovc=lacv=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200

       [mpeg4-hq]
       profile-desc="HQ MPEG4 encoding"
       profile=mpeg4
       lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes

GGEENNEERRAALL OOPPTTIIOONNSS
       --ccooddeeccss--ffiillee <<ffiilleennaammee>> ((aallssoo sseeee --aaffmm,, --aacc,, --vvffmm,, --vvcc))
	      Override the standard search path and use the specified file in-
	      stead of the builtin codecs.conf.

       --iinncclluuddee <<ccoonnffiigguurraattiioonn ffiillee>>
	      Specify  configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

       --lliisstt--ooppttiioonnss
	      Prints all available options.

       --mmssggcchhaarrsseett <<cchhaarrsseett>>
	      Convert console messages to the  specified  character  set  (de-
	      fault: autodetect).  Text will be in the encoding specified with
	      the --charset configure option.  Set this to "noconv" to disable
	      conversion (for e.g. iconv problems).
	      _N_O_T_E_:  The  option  takes  effect after command line parsing has
	      finished.  The MPLAYER_CHARSET environment variable can help you
	      get rid of the first lines of garbled output.

       --mmssgglleevveell <<aallll==<<lleevveell>>::<<mmoodduullee>>==<<lleevveell>>::......>>
	      Control  verbosity  directly  for each module.  The 'all' module
	      changes the verbosity of all the modules not  explicitly	speci-
	      fied  on	the  command line.  See '-msglevel help' for a list of
	      all modules.
	      _N_O_T_E_: Messages printed before the command line is parsed can  be
	      controlled  only	by  the  MPLAYER_VERBOSE environment variable,
	      which applies to all modules.
	      Available levels:
		 -1   complete silence
		  0   fatal messages only
		  1   error messages
		  2   warning messages
		  3   short hints
		  4   informational messages
		  5   status messages (those hidden by -quiet)
		  6   verbose messages
		  7   debug level 2
		  8   debug level 3
		  9   debug level 4

       --qquuiieett
	      Make console output less verbose; in  particular,  prevents  the
	      status  line (i.e. A:   0.7 V:   0.6 A-V:  0.068 ...) from being
	      displayed.  Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken ones
	      which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

       --pprriioorriittyy <<pprriioo>> ((WWiinnddoowwss oonnllyy))
	      Set  process  priority  for  MPlayer according to the predefined
	      priorities available under Windows.  Possible values of <prio>:
		 idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

       --pprrooffiillee <<pprrooffiillee11,,pprrooffiillee22,,......>>
	      Use the given profile(s), -profile help displays a list  of  the
	      defined profiles.

       --rreeaallllyy--qquuiieett ((aallssoo sseeee --qquuiieett))
	      Display even less output and status messages than with -quiet.

       --sshhooww--pprrooffiillee <<pprrooffiillee>>
	      Show the description and content of a profile.

       --uussee--ffiilleeddiirr--ccoonnff
	      Look for a file-specific configuration file in the same directo-
	      ry as the file that is being played.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: may be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       --vv
	      Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v	found  on  the
	      command line.

PPLLAAYYEERR OOPPTTIIOONNSS ((MMPPLLAAYYEERR OONNLLYY))
       --aauuttooqq <<qquuaalliittyy>> ((uussee wwiitthh --vvff [[ss]]pppp))
	      Dynamically changes the level of postprocessing depending on the
	      available spare CPU time.  The number you specify  will  be  the
	      maximum  level  used.  Usually you can use some big number.  You
	      have to use -vf [s]pp without parameters in order  for  this  to
	      work.

       --aauuttoossyynncc <<ffaaccttoorr>>
	      Gradually  adjusts  the  A/V  sync based on audio delay measure-
	      ments.  Specifying -autosync 0, the default,  will  cause  frame
	      timing to be based entirely on audio delay measurements.	Speci-
	      fying -autosync 1 will do the same, but will subtly  change  the
	      A/V  correction algorithm.  An uneven video framerate in a movie
	      which plays fine with -nosound can often be  helped  by  setting
	      this  to an integer value greater than 1.  The higher the value,
	      the closer the timing will be to -nosound.  Try -autosync 30  to
	      smooth  out problems with sound drivers which do not implement a
	      perfect audio delay measurement.	With this value, if large  A/V
	      sync  offsets occur, they will only take about 1 or 2 seconds to
	      settle out.  This delay in reaction time to sudden  A/V  offsets
	      should  be  the  only side-effect of turning this option on, for
	      all sound drivers.

       --bbeenncchhmmaarrkk
	      Prints some statistics on CPU usage and dropped  frames  at  the
	      end  of playback.  Use in combination with -nosound and -vo null
	      for benchmarking only the video codec.
	      _N_O_T_E_: With this option MPlayer will also ignore  frame  duration
	      when playing only video (you can think of that as infinite fps).

       --ccoolloorrkkeeyy <<nnuummbbeerr>>
	      Changes the colorkey to an RGB value of your  choice.   0x000000
	      is  black  and 0xffffff is white.  Only supported by the cvidix,
	      fbdev, svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover,  xv  (see  -vo
	      xv:ck), xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       --nnooccoolloorrkkeeyy
	      Disables	colorkeying.  Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev, sv-
	      ga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover,	xv  (see  -vo  xv:ck),
	      xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       --ccrraasshh--ddeebbuugg ((DDEEBBUUGG CCOODDEE))
	      Automatically  attaches gdb upon crash or SIGTRAP.  Support must
	      be compiled in by configuring with --enable-crash-debug.

       --eeddlloouutt <<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Creates a new file and writes edit decision list	(EDL)  records
	      to  it.  During playback, the user hits 'i' to mark the start or
	      end of a skip block.  This provides a starting point from  which
	      the user can fine-tune EDL entries later.  See http://www.mplay-
	      erhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details.

       --eennqquueeuuee ((GGUUII oonnllyy))
	      Enqueue files given on the command line in the playlist  instead
	      of playing them immediately.

       --ffiixxeedd--vvoo
	      Enforces	a  fixed video system for multiple files (one (un)ini-
	      tialization for all files).  Therefore only one window  will  be
	      opened  for  all	files.	 Currently  the  following drivers are
	      fixed-vo compliant: gl, gl2, mga, svga, x11,  xmga,  xv,	xvidix
	      and dfbmga.

       --ffrraammeeddrroopp ((aallssoo sseeee --hhaarrddffrraammeeddrroopp))
	      Skip  displaying	some  frames to maintain A/V sync on slow sys-
	      tems.  Video filters are not applied to  such  frames.   For  B-
	      frames even decoding is skipped completely.

       --((nnoo))gguuii
	      Enable  or  disable the GUI interface (default depends on binary
	      name).  Only works as the first argument on  the	command  line.
	      Does not work as a config-file option.

       --hh,, --hheellpp,, ----hheellpp
	      Show short summary of options.

       --hhaarrddffrraammeeddrroopp
	      More  intense  frame dropping (breaks decoding).	Leads to image
	      distortion!

       --iiddeennttiiffyy
	      Shorthand for -msglevel identify=4.  Show file parameters in  an
	      easily  parseable format.  Also prints more detailed information
	      about subtitle and audio track languages and IDs.  In some cases
	      you can get more information by using -msglevel identify=6.  For
	      example, for a DVD it will list the time length of  each	title,
	      as  well	as a disk ID.  The wrapper script TOOLS/midentify sup-
	      presses the other MPlayer output	and  (hopefully)  shellescapes
	      the filenames.

       --iiddllee ((aallssoo sseeee --ssllaavvee))
	      Makes  MPlayer  wait  idly  instead of quitting when there is no
	      file to play.  Mostly useful in slave mode where MPlayer can  be
	      controlled through input commands.

       --iinnppuutt <<ccoommmmaannddss>>
	      This  option can be used to configure certain parts of the input
	      system.  Paths are relative to ~/.mplayer/.
	      _N_O_T_E_: Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks.

	      Available commands are:

		 conf=<filename>
		      Specify input configuration file other than the  default
		      ~/.mplayer/input.conf.  ~/.mplayer/<filename> is assumed
		      if no full path is given.
		 ar-delay
		      Delay in milliseconds before we start  to  autorepeat  a
		      key (0 to disable).
		 ar-rate
		      Number  of key presses to generate per second on autore-
		      peat.
		 keylist
		      Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.
		 cmdlist
		      Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.
		 js-dev
		      Specifies the joystick device to use (default:  /dev/in-
		      put/js0).
		 file=<filename>
		      Read commands from the given file.  Mostly useful with a
		      FIFO.
		      _N_O_T_E_: When the given file is a FIFO MPlayer  opens  both
		      ends  so	you  can do several 'echo "seek 10" > mp_pipe'
		      and the pipe will stay valid.

       --kkeeyy--ffiiffoo--ssiizzee <<22--6655000000>>
	      Specify the size of the FIFO that buffers key  events  (default:
	      10).   A	FIFO  of size n can buffer (n-1) events.  If it is too
	      small some events may be lost (leading to "stuck mouse  buttons"
	      and  similar  effects).	If  it is too big, MPlayer may seem to
	      hang while it processes the buffered events.  To	get  the  same
	      behavior	as  before this option was introduced, set it to 2 for
	      Linux or 1024 for Windows.

       --lliirrccccoonnff <<ffiilleennaammee>> ((LLIIRRCC oonnllyy))
	      Specifies a configuration file for LIRC (default: ~/.lircrc).

       --lliisstt--pprrooppeerrttiieess
	      Print a list of the available properties.

       --lloooopp <<nnuummbbeerr>>
	      Loops movie playback <number> times.  0 means forever.

       --mmeennuu ((OOSSDD mmeennuu oonnllyy))
	      Turn on OSD menu support.

       --mmeennuu--ccffgg <<ffiilleennaammee>> ((OOSSDD mmeennuu oonnllyy))
	      Use an alternative menu.conf.

       --mmeennuu--rroooott <<vvaalluuee>> ((OOSSDD mmeennuu oonnllyy))
	      Specify the main menu.

       --mmeennuu--ssttaarrttuupp ((OOSSDD mmeennuu oonnllyy))
	      Display the main menu at MPlayer startup.

       --mmoouussee--mmoovveemmeennttss
	      Permit MPlayer to receive pointer events reported by  the  video
	      output driver (currently only derivatives of X11 are supported).
	      Necessary to select the buttons in DVD menus.

       --nnooccoonnssoolleeccoonnttrroollss
	      Prevent MPlayer from reading key	events	from  standard	input.
	      Useful when reading data from standard input.  This is automati-
	      cally enabled when - is found on the command  line.   There  are
	      situations  where  you have to set it manually, e.g. if you open
	      /dev/stdin (or the equivalent on your system), use  stdin  in  a
	      playlist	or intend to read from stdin later on via the loadfile
	      or loadlist slave commands.

       --nnoojjooyyssttiicckk
	      Turns off joystick support.

       --nnoolliirrcc
	      Turns off LIRC support.

       --nnoommoouusseeiinnppuutt ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      Disable mouse button press/release input (mozplayerxp's  context
	      menu relies on this option).

       --rrttcc ((RRTTCC oonnllyy))
	      Turns  on  usage of the Linux RTC (realtime clock - /dev/rtc) as
	      timing mechanism.  This wakes up the process every  1/1024  sec-
	      onds  to check the current time.	Useless with modern Linux ker-
	      nels configured for desktop use as  they	already  wake  up  the
	      process with similar accuracy when using normal timed sleep.

       --ppllaayyiinngg--mmssgg <<ssttrriinngg>>
	      Print  out a string before starting playback.  The following ex-
	      pansions are supported:

		 ${NAME}
		      Expand to the value of the property NAME.

		 $(NAME:TEXT)
		      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is available.

       --ppllaayylliisstt <<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Play files according to a playlist file (ASX, Winamp,  SMIL,  or
	      one-file-per-line format).
	      _N_O_T_E_:  This option is considered an entry so options found after
	      it will apply only to the elements of this playlist.
	      FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented thoroughly.

       --rrttcc--ddeevviiccee <<ddeevviiccee>>
	      Use the specified device for RTC timing.

       --sshhuuffffllee
	      Play files in random order.

       --sskkiinn <<nnaammee>> ((GGUUII oonnllyy))
	      Loads a skin from the directory given as parameter below the de-
	      fault   skin   directories,  /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/ and
	      ~/.mplayer/skins/.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -skin fittyfene
		      Tries /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/fittyfene  and  af-
		      terwards ~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene.

       --ssllaavvee ((aallssoo sseeee --iinnppuutt))
	      Switches	on slave mode, in which MPlayer works as a backend for
	      other programs.  Instead of intercepting keyboard events, MPlay-
	      er will read commands separated by a newline (\n) from stdin.
	      _N_O_T_E_:  See  -input  cmdlist  for	a  list  of slave commands and
	      DOCS/tech/slave.txt for their description.

       --ssooffttsslleeeepp
	      Time frames by repeatedly checking the current time  instead  of
	      asking  the kernel to wake up MPlayer at the correct time.  Use-
	      ful if your kernel timing is imprecise and you  cannot  use  the
	      RTC either.  Comes at the price of higher CPU consumption.

       --sssstteepp <<sseecc>>
	      Skip  <sec>  seconds after every frame.  The normal framerate of
	      the movie is kept, so playback is  accelerated.	Since  MPlayer
	      can only seek to the next keyframe this may be inexact.

DDEEMMUUXXEERR//SSTTRREEAAMM OOPPTTIIOONNSS
       --aa5522ddrrcc <<lleevveell>>
	      Select  the  Dynamic  Range  Compression	level  for  AC3  audio
	      streams.	<level> is a float value ranging from 0 to 1, where  0
	      means  no  compression  and  1 (which is the default) means full
	      compression (make loud passages more  silent  and  vice  versa).
	      This  option only shows an effect if the AC3 stream contains the
	      required range compression information.

       --aaiidd <<IIDD>> ((aallssoo sseeee --aallaanngg))
	      Select audio channel (MPEG: 0-31, AVI/OGM: 1-99, ASF/RM:	0-127,
	      VOB(AC3): 128-159, VOB(LPCM): 160-191, MPEG-TS 17-8190).	MPlay-
	      er prints the available audio IDs when run in verbose (-v) mode.
	      When  playing  an  MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use the
	      first program (if present) with the chosen audio stream.

       --aallaanngg <<llaanngguuaaggee ccooddee[[,,llaanngguuaaggee ccooddee,,......]]>> ((aallssoo sseeee --aaiidd))
	      Specify a priority list of audio languages  to  use.   Different
	      container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
	      639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska and NUT use ISO  639-2
	      three letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form identifi-
	      er.  MPlayer prints the available languages when run in  verbose
	      (-v) mode.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer dvd://1 -alang hu,en
		      Chooses  the Hungarian language track on a DVD and falls
		      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
		 mplayer -alang jpn example.mkv
		      Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

       --aauuddiioo--ddeemmuuxxeerr <<[[++]]nnaammee>> ((--aauuddiiooffiillee oonnllyy))
	      Force audio demuxer type for -audiofile.	Use a '+'  before  the
	      name  to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer
	      name as printed by -audio-demuxer help.  For  backward  compati-
	      bility  it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/
	      demuxer.h.  -audio-demuxer audio	or  -audio-demuxer  17	forces
	      MP3.

       --aauuddiiooffiillee <<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Play  audio from an external file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg Vorbis) while
	      viewing a movie.

       --aauuddiiooffiillee--ccaacchhee <<kkBByytteess>>
	      Enables caching for the stream used  by  -audiofile,  using  the
	      specified amount of memory.

       --bbaannddwwiiddtthh <<vvaalluuee>> ((nneettwwoorrkk oonnllyy))
	      Specify the maximum bandwidth for network streaming (for servers
	      that are able to send content in different bitrates).  Useful if
	      you  want to watch live streamed media behind a slow connection.
	      With Real RTSP streaming, it is also used to set the maximum de-
	      livery  bandwidth allowing faster cache filling and stream dump-
	      ing.

       --ccaacchhee <<kkBByytteess>>
	      This option specifies how much memory (in kBytes)  to  use  when
	      precaching a file or URL.  Especially useful on slow media.

       --nnooccaacchhee
	      Turns off caching.

       --ccaacchhee--mmiinn <<ppeerrcceennttaaggee>>
	      Playback	will  start when the cache has been filled up to <per-
	      centage> of the total.

       --ccaacchhee--sseeeekk--mmiinn <<ppeerrcceennttaaggee>>
	      If a seek is to be made to a position within <percentage> of the
	      cache  size from the current position, MPlayer will wait for the
	      cache to be filled to this position  rather  than  performing  a
	      stream seek (default: 50).

       --ccddddaa <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22>> ((CCDDDDAA oonnllyy))
	      This  option can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of
	      MPlayer.

	      Available options are:

		 speed=<value>
		      Set CD spin speed.

		 paranoia=<0-2>
		      Set paranoia level.  Values other than 0 seem  to  break
		      playback of anything but the first track.
			 0: disable checking (default)
			 1: overlap checking only
			 2: full data correction and verification

		 generic-dev=<value>
		      Use specified generic SCSI device.

		 sector-size=<value>
		      Set atomic read size.

		 overlap=<value>
		      Force  minimum  overlap  search  during  verification to
		      <value> sectors.

		 toc-bias
		      Assume that the beginning offset of track 1 as  reported
		      in  the  TOC  will  be addressed as LBA 0.  Some Toshiba
		      drives need this for getting track boundaries correct.

		 toc-offset=<value>
		      Add <value> sectors to the values reported when address-
		      ing tracks.  May be negative.

		 (no)skip
		      (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       --ccddrroomm--ddeevviiccee <<ppaatthh ttoo ddeevviiccee>>
	      Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/acd0).

       --cchhaannnneellss <<nnuummbbeerr>> ((aallssoo sseeee --aaff cchhaannnneellss))
	      Request  the  number of playback channels (default: 2).  MPlayer
	      asks the decoder to decode the audio into as  many  channels  as
	      specified.  Then it is up to the decoder to fulfill the require-
	      ment.  This is usually only important when playing  videos  with
	      AC3 audio (like DVDs).  In that case liba52 does the decoding by
	      default and correctly downmixes the  audio  into	the  requested
	      number  of  channels.   To directly control the number of output
	      channels independently of how many channels are decoded, use the
	      channels filter.
	      _N_O_T_E_: This option is honored by codecs (AC3 only), filters (sur-
	      round) and audio output drivers (OSS at least).

	      Available options are:

		 2    stereo
		 4    surround
		 6    full 5.1

       --cchhaapptteerr <<cchhaapptteerr IIDD>>[[--<<eennddcchhaapptteerr IIDD>>]] ((DDVVDD oonnllyy))
	      Specify which chapter to start playing at.   Optionally  specify
	      which chapter to end playing at (default: 1).

       --ccooookkiieess ((nneettwwoorrkk oonnllyy))
	      Send cookies when making HTTP requests.

       --ccooookkiieess--ffiillee <<ffiilleennaammee>> ((nneettwwoorrkk oonnllyy))
	      Read  HTTP  cookies  from  <filename>  (default: ~/.mozilla/ and
	      ~/.netscape/) and skip reading from default locations.  The file
	      is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       --ddeellaayy <<sseecc>>
	      audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value)
	      _N_O_T_E_:  When  used  with MEncoder, this is not guaranteed to work
	      correctly with -ovc copy; use -audio-delay instead.

       --iiggnnoorree--ssttaarrtt
	      Ignore the specified starting time for streams in AVI files.  In
	      MPlayer,	this nullifies stream delays in files encoded with the
	      -audio-delay option.  During encoding, this option prevents MEn-
	      coder  from  transferring original stream start times to the new
	      file; the -audio-delay option is not affected.  Note  that  MEn-
	      coder  sometimes	adjusts stream starting times automatically to
	      compensate for anticipated decoding delays, so  don't  use  this
	      option for encoding without testing it first.

       --ddeemmuuxxeerr <<[[++]]nnaammee>>
	      Force demuxer type.  Use a '+' before the name to force it, this
	      will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by -de-
	      muxer  help.  For backward compatibility it also accepts the de-
	      muxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.  -demuxer audio  or
	      -demuxer 17 forces MP3.

       --dduummppaauuddiioo ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Dumps  raw compressed audio stream to ./stream.dump (useful with
	      MPEG/AC3).  If you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
	      -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       --dduummppffiillee <<ffiilleennaammee>> ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Specify  which  file MPlayer should dump to.  Should be used to-
	      gether with -dumpaudio / -dumpvideo / -dumpstream.

       --dduummppssttrreeaamm ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Dumps the raw stream to ./stream.dump.  Useful when ripping from
	      DVD  or  network.   If  you  give  more  than one of -dumpaudio,
	      -dumpvideo, -dumpstream on the command line only	the  last  one
	      will work.

       --dduummppvviiddeeoo ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Dump  raw compressed video stream to ./stream.dump (not very us-
	      able).  If you give more than  one  of  -dumpaudio,  -dumpvideo,
	      -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       --ddvvbbiinn <<ooppttiioonnss>> ((DDVVBB oonnllyy))
	      Pass  the following parameters to the DVB input module, in order
	      to override the default ones:

		 card=<1-4>
		      Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).
		 file=<filename>
		      Instructs MPlayer to read the channels list from	<file-
		      name>.	     Default	    is	      ~/.mplayer/chan-
		      nels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc} (based on your  card  type)
		      or ~/.mplayer/channels.conf as a last resort.
		 timeout=<1-30>
		      Maximum  number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a
		      frequency before giving up (default: 30).

       --ddvvdd--ddeevviiccee <<ppaatthh ttoo ddeevviiccee>> ((DDVVDD oonnllyy))
	      Specify the DVD device (default: /dev/acd0).  You can also spec-
	      ify  a  directory that contains files previously copied directly
	      from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).  Note that using -dumpstream  is
	      usually  a better way to copy DVD titles in the first place (see
	      the examples).

       --ddvvddaannggllee <<aannggllee IIDD>> ((DDVVDD oonnllyy))
	      Some DVD discs contain scenes that can be viewed	from  multiple
	      angles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default:
	      1).

       --eeddll <<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Enables edit decision list (EDL) actions during playback.  Video
	      will be skipped over and audio will be muted and unmuted accord-
	      ing to the entries in the given file.   See  http://www.mplayer-
	      hq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details on how to use this.

       --eennddppooss <<[[[[hhhh::]]mmmm::]]ssss[[..mmss]]||ssiizzee[[bb||kkbb||mmbb]]>> ((aallssoo sseeee --ssss aanndd --ssbb))
	      Stop at given time or byte position.
	      _N_O_T_E_: Byte position is enabled only for MEncoder and will not be
	      accurate, as it can only stop at a frame boundary.  When used in
	      conjunction  with -ss option, -endpos time will shift forward by
	      seconds specified with -ss.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -endpos 56
		      Stop at 56 seconds.
		 -endpos 01:10:00
		      Stop at 1 hour 10 minutes.
		 -ss 10 -endpos 56
		      Stop at 1 minute 6 seconds.
		 -endpos 100mb
		      Encode only 100 MB.

       --ffoorrcceeiiddxx
	      Force index rebuilding.  Useful for files with broken index (A/V
	      desync,  etc).   This will enable seeking in files where seeking
	      was not possible.  You can fix the index permanently  with  MEn-
	      coder (see the documentation).
	      _N_O_T_E_:  This  option  only works if the underlying media supports
	      seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       --ffppss <<ffllooaatt vvaalluuee>>
	      Override video framerate.  Useful if the original value is wrong
	      or missing.

       --ffrraammeess <<nnuummbbeerr>>
	      Play/convert only first <number> frames, then quit.

       --hhrr--mmpp33--sseeeekk ((MMPP33 oonnllyy))
	      Hi-res  MP3  seeking.  Enabled when playing from an external MP3
	      file, as we need to seek to the very exact position to keep  A/V
	      sync.   Can  be  slow especially when seeking backwards since it
	      has to rewind to the beginning to find an exact frame  position.

       --iiddxx ((aallssoo sseeee --ffoorrcceeiiddxx))
	      Rebuilds index of files if no index was found, allowing seeking.
	      Useful with broken/incomplete downloads, or badly created files.
	      _N_O_T_E_:  This  option  only works if the underlying media supports
	      seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       --iippvv44--oonnllyy--pprrooxxyy ((nneettwwoorrkk oonnllyy))
	      Skip the proxy for IPv6 addresses.  It will still  be  used  for
	      IPv4 connections.

       --llooaaddiiddxx <<iinnddeexx ffiillee>>
	      The  file  from  which  to  read	the  video index data saved by
	      -saveidx.  This index will be used for seeking,  overriding  any
	      index  data  contained in the AVI itself.  MPlayer will not pre-
	      vent you from loading an index file generated from  a  different
	      AVI, but this is sure to cause unfavorable results.
	      _N_O_T_E_:  This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML sup-
	      port.

       --mmcc <<sseeccoonnddss//ffrraammee>>
	      maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)

       --mmff <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>>
	      Used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files.

	      Available options are:

		 w=<value>
		      input file width (default: autodetect)
		 h=<value>
		      input file height (default: autodetect)
		 fps=<value>
		      output fps (default: 25)
		 type=<value>
		      input file type (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi)

       --nnii ((AAVVII oonnllyy))
	      Force usage of non-interleaved AVI  parser  (fixes  playback  of
	      some bad AVI files).

       --nnoobbppss ((AAVVII oonnllyy))
	      Do  not  use average byte/second value for A-V sync.  Helps with
	      some AVI files with broken header.

       --nnooeexxttbbaasseedd
	      Disables extension-based demuxer selection.   By	default,  when
	      the  file  type  (demuxer) cannot be detected reliably (the file
	      has no header or it is not reliable enough), the filename exten-
	      sion  is	used to select the demuxer.  Always falls back on con-
	      tent-based demuxer selection.

       --ppaasssswwdd <<ppaasssswwoorrdd>> ((aallssoo sseeee --uusseerr)) ((nneettwwoorrkk oonnllyy))
	      Specify password for HTTP authentication.

       --pprreeffeerr--iippvv44 ((nneettwwoorrkk oonnllyy))
	      Use IPv4 on network connections.	Falls back on  IPv6  automati-
	      cally.

       --pprreeffeerr--iippvv66 ((IIPPvv66 nneettwwoorrkk oonnllyy))
	      Use  IPv6  on network connections.  Falls back on IPv4 automati-
	      cally.

       --ppvvrr <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>> ((PPVVRR oonnllyy))
	      This option tunes various encoding properties of the PVR capture
	      module.	It has to be used with any hardware MPEG encoder based
	      card  supported  by  the	V4L2  driver.	The  Hauppauge	 WinTV
	      PVR-150/250/350/500  and	all  IVTV based cards are known as PVR
	      capture cards.  Be aware that only Linux 2.6.18 kernel and above
	      is  able to handle MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.  For hardware
	      capture of an MPEG stream and watching it with MPlayer/MEncoder,
	      use 'pvr://' as a movie URL.

	      Available options are:

		 aspect=<0-3>
		      Specify input aspect ratio:
			 0: 1:1
			 1: 4:3 (default)
			 2: 16:9
			 3: 2.21:1

		 arate=<32000-48000>
		      Specify  encoding  audio rate (default: 48000 Hz, avail-
		      able: 32000, 44100 and 48000 Hz).

		 alayer=<1-3>
		      Specify MPEG audio layer encoding (default: 2).

		 abitrate=<32-448>
		      Specify audio encoding bitrate in kbps (default: 384).

		 amode=<value>
		      Specify audio encoding mode.   Available	preset	values
		      are  'stereo',  'joint_stereo',  'dual'  and 'mono' (de-
		      fault: stereo).

		 vbitrate=<value>
		      Specify average video bitrate encoding in Mbps (default:
		      6).

		 vmode=<value>
		      Specify video encoding mode:
			 vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
			 cbr: Constant BitRate

		 vpeak=<value>
		      Specify peak video bitrate encoding in Mbps (only useful
		      for VBR encoding, default: 9.6).

		 fmt=<value>
		      Choose an MPEG format for encoding:
			 ps:	MPEG-2 Program Stream (default)
			 ts:	MPEG-2 Transport Stream
			 mpeg1: MPEG-1 System Stream
			 vcd:	Video CD compatible stream
			 svcd:	Super Video CD compatible stream
			 dvd:	DVD compatible stream

       --rraawwaauuddiioo <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>>
	      This option lets you play raw audio files.  You have to use -de-
	      muxer  rawaudio  as well.  It may also be used to play audio CDs
	      which are not 44kHz 16-bit stereo.  For playing raw AC3  streams
	      use -rawaudio format=0x2000 -demuxer rawaudio.

	      Available options are:

		 channels=<value>
		      number of channels
		 rate=<value>
		      rate in samples per second
		 samplesize=<value>
		      sample size in bytes
		 bitrate=<value>
		      bitrate for rawaudio files
		 format=<value>
		      fourcc in hex

       --rraawwvviiddeeoo <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>>
	      This option lets you play raw video files.  You have to use -de-
	      muxer rawvideo as well.

	      Available options are:

		 fps=<value>
		      rate in frames per second (default: 25.0)
		 sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc
		      set standard image size
		 w=<value>
		      image width in pixels
		 h=<value>
		      image height in pixels
		 i420|yv12|yuy2|y8
		      set colorspace
		 format=<value>
		      colorspace (fourcc) in hex
		 size=<value>
		      frame size in Bytes

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo qcif
		      Play the famous "foreman" sample video.
		 mplayer  sample-720x576.yuv   -demuxer   rawvideo   -rawvideo
		 w=720:h=576
		      Play a raw YUV sample.

       --rrttsspp--ppoorrtt
	      Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to  force  the  client's  port  number.
	      This option may be useful if you are behind a router and want to
	      forward the RTSP stream from the server to a specific client.

       --rrttsspp--ddeessttiinnaattiioonn
	      Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to force the destination IP address  to
	      be bound.  This option may be useful with some RTSP server which
	      do not send RTP packets to the right interface.  If the  connec-
	      tion  to	the  RTSP server fails, use -v to see which IP address
	      MPlayer tries to bind to and try to force it to one assigned  to
	      your computer instead.

       --rrttsspp--ssttrreeaamm--oovveerr--ttccpp ((LLIIVVEE555555 oonnllyy))
	      Used  with 'rtsp://' URLs to specify that the resulting incoming
	      RTP and RTCP packets be streamed over TCP (using	the  same  TCP
	      connection  as  RTSP).   This option may be useful if you have a
	      broken internet connection that does not pass incoming UDP pack-
	      ets (see http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).

       --ssaavveeiiddxx <<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Force  index  rebuilding and dump the index to <filename>.  Cur-
	      rently this only works with AVI files.
	      _N_O_T_E_: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML  sup-
	      port.

       --ssbb <<bbyyttee ppoossiittiioonn>> ((aallssoo sseeee --ssss))
	      Seek  to	byte position.	Useful for playback from CD-ROM images
	      or VOB files with junk at the beginning.

       --ssppeeeedd <<00..0011--110000>>
	      Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.
	      Not guaranteed to work correctly with -oac copy.

       --ssrraattee <<HHzz>>
	      Selects the output sample rate to be used (of course sound cards
	      have limits on this).  If the sample frequency selected is  dif-
	      ferent  from  that of the current media, the resample or lavcre-
	      sample audio filter will be inserted into the audio filter layer
	      to compensate for the difference.  The type of resampling can be
	      controlled by the -af-adv option.  The default  is  fast	resam-
	      pling that may cause distortion.

       --ssss <<ttiimmee>> ((aallssoo sseeee --ssbb))
	      Seek to given time position.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -ss 56
		      Seeks to 56 seconds.
		 -ss 01:10:00
		      Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

       --ttsskkeeeeppbbrrookkeenn
	      Tells  MPlayer  not  to discard TS packets reported as broken in
	      the stream.  Sometimes needed to play corrupted MPEG-TS files.

       --ttsspprroobbee <<bbyyttee ppoossiittiioonn>>
	      When playing an MPEG-TS stream, this option lets you specify how
	      many  bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to search for the de-
	      sired audio and video IDs.

       --ttsspprroogg <<11--6655553344>>
	      When playing an MPEG-TS stream, you can specify with this option
	      which  program  (if present) you want to play.  Can be used with
	      -vid and -aid.

       --rraaddiioo <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>> ((rraaddiioo oonnllyy))
	      These options set various parameters of the radio  capture  mod-
	      ule.  For listening to radio with MPlayer use 'radio://<frequen-
	      cy>' (if channels option is not given) or 'radio://<channel_num-
	      ber>'  (if  channels  option is given) as a movie URL.  To start
	      the grabbing subsystem, use 'radio://<frequency or channel>/cap-
	      ture'.   If  the	capture keyword is not given you can listen to
	      radio using the line-in cable only.  Using capture to listen  is
	      not  recommended	due  to  synchronization problems, which makes
	      this process uncomfortable.

	      Available options are:

		 device=<value>
		      Radio device to use (default: /dev/radio0).

		 driver=<value>
		      Radio driver to use (default: v4l2 if available,	other-
		      wise v4l).  Currently, v4l and v4l2 drivers are support-
		      ed.

		 volume=<0..100>
		      sound volume for radio device (default 100)

		 channels=<frequency>-<name>,<frequency>-<name>,...
		      Set channel list.  Use _ for spaces in  names  (or  play
		      with  quoting ;-).  The channel names will then be writ-
		      ten using OSD and the slave commands  radio_step_channel
		      and  radio_set_channel  will be usable for a remote con-
		      trol (see LIRC).	If given, number in movie URL will  be
		      treated as channel position in channel list.
		      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_: radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel 1

		 adevice=<value>
		      Name  of	device	to capture sound from.	Without such a
		      name capture will be disabled, even if the capture  key-
		      word appears in the URL.	For ALSA devices use it in the
		      form hw=<card>.<device>.	If the device name contains  a
		      '=', the module will use ALSA to capture, otherwise OSS.

		 arate=<value>
		      Rate in samples per second (default: 44100).
		      _N_O_T_E_:  When  using  audio  capture  set  also  -rawaudio
		      rate=<value>  option  with  the same value as arate.  If
		      you have problems with sound speed (runs	too  quickly),
		      try   to	 play	with   different   rate  values  (e.g.
		      48000,44100,32000,...).

		 achannels=<value>
		      Number of audio channels to capture.

       --ttvv <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>> ((TTVV//PPVVRR oonnllyy))
	      This option tunes various properties of the TV  capture  module.
	      For watching TV with MPlayer, use 'tv://' or 'tv://<channel_num-
	      ber>' or even  'tv://<channel_name>  (see  option  channels  for
	      channel_name below) as a movie URL.

	      Available options are:

		 noaudio
		      no sound

		 driver=<value>
		      available: dummy, v4l, v4l2, bsdbt848

		 device=<value>
		      Specify TV device (default: /dev/video0).

		 input=<value>
		      Specify  input  (default: 0 (TV), see console output for
		      available inputs).

		 freq=<value>
		      Specify  the  frequency  to  set	the  tuner  to	 (e.g.
		      511.250).  Not compatible with the channels parameter.

		 outfmt=<value>
		      Specify  the  output  format  of the tuner with a preset
		      value supported by the V4L driver (yv12,	rgb32,	rgb24,
		      rgb16,  rgb15,  uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an arbitrary format
		      given as hex value.  Try outfmt=help for a list  of  all
		      available formats.

		 width=<value>
		      output window width

		 height=<value>
		      output window height

		 fps=<value>
		      framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

		 buffersize=<value>
		      maximum  size  of  the  capture buffer in megabytes (de-
		      fault: dynamical)

		 norm=<value>
		      For bsdbt848 and v4l, PAL, SECAM,  NTSC  are  available.
		      For  v4l2,  see  the  console  output  for a list of all
		      available norms, also see the normid option below.

		 normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
		      Sets the TV norm to the given numeric ID.  The  TV  norm
		      depends on the capture card.  See the console output for
		      a list of available TV norms.

		 channel=<value>
		      Set tuner to <value> channel.

		 chanlist=<value>
		      available: europe-east, europe-west, us-bcast, us-cable,
		      etc

		 channels=<channel>-<name>,<channel>-<name>,...
		      Set  names  for channels.  Use _ for spaces in names (or
		      play with quoting ;-).  The channel names will  then  be
		      written  using OSD, and the slave commands tv_step_chan-
		      nel, tv_set_channel and tv_last_channel will  be	usable
		      for  a  remote  control (see LIRC).  Not compatible with
		      the frequency parameter.
		      _N_O_T_E_: The channel number will then be  the  position  in
		      the 'channels' list, beginning with 1.
		      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:	  tv://1,    tv://TV1,	  tv_set_channel    1,
		      tv_set_channel TV1

		 [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
		      Set the image equalizer on the card.

		 audiorate=<value>
		      Set audio capture bitrate.

		 forceaudio
		      Capture audio even if there are no audio sources report-
		      ed by v4l.

		 alsa
		      Capture from ALSA.

		 amode=<0-3>
		      Choose an audio mode:
			 0: mono
			 1: stereo
			 2: language 1
			 3: language 2

		 forcechan=<1-2>
		      By  default, the count of recorded audio channels is de-
		      termined automatically by querying the audio  mode  from
		      the  TV  card.   This  option allows forcing stereo/mono
		      recording regardless of the amode option and the	values
		      returned	by  v4l.  This can be used for troubleshooting
		      when the TV card is unable to report the	current  audio
		      mode.

		 adevice=<value>
		      Set an audio device.  <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS
		      and a hardware ID for ALSA.  You must replace any ':' by
		      a '.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

		 audioid=<value>
		      Choose  an  audio  output of the capture card, if it has
		      more than one.

		 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-65535> (v4l1)

		 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100> (v4l2)
		      These options set parameters of the mixer on  the  video
		      capture  card.   They  will have no effect, if your card
		      does not have one.  For v4l2 50 maps to the default val-
		      ue of the control, as reported by the driver.

		 immediatemode=<bool>
		      A  value	of  0 means capture and buffer audio and video
		      together (default for MEncoder).	A value of 1  (default
		      for  MPlayer) means to do video capture only and let the
		      audio go through a loopback cable from the  TV  card  to
		      the sound card.

		 mjpeg
		      Use  hardware  MJPEG  compression  (if the card supports
		      it).  When using this option, you do not need to specify
		      the  width  and  height  of  the	output window, because
		      MPlayer will determine it automatically from the decima-
		      tion value (see below).

		 decimation=<1|2|4>
		      choose  the  size of the picture that will be compressed
		      by hardware MJPEG compression:
			 1: full size
			     704x576	PAL
			     704x480	NTSC
			 2: medium size
			     352x288	PAL
			     352x240	NTSC
			 4: small size
			     176x144	PAL
			     176x120	NTSC

		 quality=<0-100>
		      Choose the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60	recom-
		      mended for full size).

       --uusseerr <<uusseerrnnaammee>> ((aallssoo sseeee --ppaasssswwdd)) ((nneettwwoorrkk oonnllyy))
	      Specify username for HTTP authentication.

       --uusseerr--aaggeenntt <<ssttrriinngg>>
	      Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       --vviidd <<IIDD>>
	      Select  video channel (MPG: 0-15, ASF: 0-255, MPEG-TS: 17-8190).
	      When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder	will  use  the
	      first program (if present) with the chosen video stream.

       --vviivvoo <<ssuubb--ooppttiioonnss>> ((DDEEBBUUGG CCOODDEE))
	      Force  audio parameters for the VIVO demuxer (for debugging pur-
	      poses).

OOSSDD//SSUUBBTTIITTLLEE OOPPTTIIOONNSS
       _N_O_T_E_: Also see -vf expand.

       --aassss ((FFrreeeeTTyyppee oonnllyy))
	      Turn on SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.  With  this  option,	libass
	      will be used for SSA/ASS external subtitles and Matroska tracks.
	      You may also want to use -embeddedfonts.

       --aassss--bboorrddeerr--ccoolloorr <<vvaalluuee>>
	      Sets the border (outline) color for text subtitles.   The  color
	      format is RRGGBBAA.

       --aassss--bboottttoomm--mmaarrggiinn <<vvaalluuee>>
	      Adds  a black band at the bottom of the frame.  The SSA/ASS ren-
	      derer can place subtitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       --aassss--ccoolloorr <<vvaalluuee>>
	      Sets the color for text subtitles.  The color format  is	RRGGB-
	      BAA.

       --aassss--ffoonntt--ssccaallee <<vvaalluuee>>
	      Set  the	scale  coefficient to be used for fonts in the SSA/ASS
	      renderer.

       --aassss--ffoorrccee--ssttyyllee <<[[SSttyyllee..]]PPaarraamm==VVaalluuee[[,,......]]>>
	      Override some style parameters.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -ass-force-style FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1

       --aassss--lliinnee--ssppaacciinngg <<vvaalluuee>>
	      Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       --aassss--ssttyylleess <<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them
	      for rendering text subtitles.  The syntax of the file is exactly
	      like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

       --aassss--ttoopp--mmaarrggiinn <<vvaalluuee>>
	      Adds a black band at the top of the frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer
	      can place toptitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       --((nnoo))aassss--uussee--mmaarrggiinnss
	      Enables/disables	placing  toptitles and subtitles in black bor-
	      ders when they are available (default: no).

       --dduummppjjaaccoossuubb ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the  time-based  JACOsub	subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.js
	      file in the current directory.

       --dduummppmmiiccrrooddvvddssuubb ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the MicroDVD subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the
	      current directory.

       --dduummppmmppssuubb ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      MPlayer's  subtitle format, MPsub.  Creates a dump.mpsub file in
	      the current directory.

       --dduummppssaammii ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the time-based SAMI subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.smi file
	      in the current directory.

       --dduummppssrrttssuubb ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the time-based SubViewer (SRT) subtitle format.  Creates a dump-
	      sub.srt file in the current directory.
	      _N_O_T_E_: Some broken hardware players choke on SRT  subtitle  files
	      with  Unix line endings.	If you are unlucky enough to have such
	      a box, pass your subtitle files through unix2dos	or  a  similar
	      program  to replace Unix line endings with DOS/Windows line end-
	      ings.

       --dduummppssuubb ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy)) ((BBEETTAA CCOODDEE))
	      Dumps the subtitle substream from VOB  streams.	Also  see  the
	      -dump*sub and -vobsubout* options.

       --eemmbbeeddddeeddffoonnttss ((FFrreeeeTTyyppee oonnllyy))
	      Enables  extraction of Matroska embedded fonts.  These fonts can
	      be used for SSA/ASS subtitle rendering (-ass option).

       --ffffaaccttoorr <<nnuummbbeerr>> ((OOSSDD oonnllyy))
	      Resample the font alphamap.  Can be:
		 0    plain white fonts
		 0.75 very narrow black outline (default)
		 1    narrow black outline
		 10   bold black outline

       --fflliipp--hheebbrreeww ((FFrriiBBiiDDii oonnllyy))
	      Turns on flipping subtitles using FriBiDi.

       --nnoofflliipp--hheebbrreeww--ccoommmmaass
	      Change FriBiDi's assumptions about the placements of  commas  in
	      subtitles.   Use	this  if  commas in subtitles are shown at the
	      start of a sentence instead of at the end.

       --ffoonntt <<ppaatthh ttoo ffoonntt..ddeesscc ffiillee>> ((OOSSDD oonnllyy))
	      Search for the OSD/SUB fonts in an  alternative  directory  (de-
	      fault  for  normal fonts: ~/.mplayer/font/font.desc, default for
	      FreeType fonts: ~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf).
	      _N_O_T_E_: With FreeType, this option determines the path to the text
	      font file.  With fontconfig, this option determines the fontcon-
	      fig font name.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -font ~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc
		 -font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf
		 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans'

       --ffoonnttccoonnffiigg ((ffoonnttccoonnffiigg oonnllyy))
	      Enables the usage of fontconfig managed fonts.

       --ffoorrcceeddssuubbssoonnllyy
	      Display only forced subtitles for the DVD  subtitle  stream  se-
	      lected by e.g. -slang.

       --ffrriibbiiddii--cchhaarrsseett <<cchhaarrsseett nnaammee>> ((FFrriiBBiiDDii oonnllyy))
	      Specifies  the character set that will be passed to FriBiDi when
	      decoding non-UTF-8 subtitles (default: ISO8859-8).

       --iiffoo <<VVOOBBssuubb IIFFOO ffiillee>>
	      Indicate the file that will be used to load  palette  and  frame
	      size for VOBsub subtitles.

       --nnooaauuttoossuubb
	      Turns off automatic subtitle file loading.

       --oossdd--dduurraattiioonn <<ttiimmee>>
	      Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       --oossddlleevveell <<00--33>> ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.
		 0    subtitles only
		 1    volume + seek (default)
		 2    volume + seek + timer + percentage
		 3    volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time

       --oovveerrllaappssuubb
	      Allows  the  next subtitle to be displayed while the current one
	      is still visible (default is to enable the support only for spe-
	      cific formats).

       --ssiidd <<IIDD>> ((aallssoo sseeee --ssllaanngg,, --vvoobbssuubbiidd))
	      Display  the  subtitle stream specified by <ID> (0-31).  MPlayer
	      prints the available subtitle IDs when run in verbose (-v) mode.
	      If  you  cannot  select  one of the subtitles on a DVD, also try
	      -vobsubid.

       --ssllaanngg <<llaanngguuaaggee ccooddee[[,,llaanngguuaaggee ccooddee,,......]]>> ((aallssoo sseeee --ssiidd))
	      Specify a priority list of subtitle languages to use.  Different
	      container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
	      639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO  639-2  three
	      letter  language	codes  while  OGM uses a free-form identifier.
	      MPlayer prints the available languages when run in verbose  (-v)
	      mode.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer dvd://1 -slang hu,en
		      Chooses  the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and falls
		      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
		 mplayer -slang jpn example.mkv
		      Plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       --ssppuuaaaa <<mmooddee>> ((OOSSDD oonnllyy))
	      Antialiasing/scaling mode for DVD/VOBsub.  A value of 16 may  be
	      added to <mode> in order to force scaling even when original and
	      scaled frame size already match.	This can be employed  to  e.g.
	      smooth subtitles with gaussian blur.  Available modes are:
		 0    none (fastest, very ugly)
		 1    approximate (broken?)
		 2    full (slow)
		 3    bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)
		 4    uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)

       --ssppuuaalliiggnn <<--11--22>> ((OOSSDD oonnllyy))
	      Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned.
		 -1   original position
		  0   Align at top (original behavior, default).
		  1   Align at center.
		  2   Align at bottom.

       --ssppuuggaauussss <<00..00--33..00>> ((OOSSDD oonnllyy))
	      Variance	parameter  of gaussian used by -spuaa 4.  Higher means
	      more blur (default: 1.0).

       --ssuubb <<ssuubbttiittlleeffiillee11,,ssuubbttiittlleeffiillee22,,......>>
	      Use/display these subtitle files.  Only one  file  can  be  dis-
	      played at the same time.

       --ssuubb--bbgg--aallpphhaa <<00--225555>>
	      Specify  the  alpha  channel  value  for subtitles and OSD back-
	      grounds.	Big values mean more transparency.  0 means completely
	      transparent.

       --ssuubb--bbgg--ccoolloorr <<00--225555>>
	      Specify the color value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds.  Cur-
	      rently subtitles are grayscale so this value  is	equivalent  to
	      the intensity of the color.  255 means white and 0 black.

       --ssuubb--ddeemmuuxxeerr <<[[++]]nnaammee>> ((--ssuubbffiillee oonnllyy)) ((BBEETTAA CCOODDEE))
	      Force  subtitle demuxer type for -subfile.  Use a '+' before the
	      name to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the  demuxer
	      name as printed by -sub-demuxer help.  For backward compatibili-
	      ty it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined  in	libmpdemux/de-
	      muxer.h.

       --ssuubb--ffuuzzzziinneessss <<mmooddee>>
	      Adjust matching fuzziness when searching for subtitles:
		 0    exact match
		 1    Load all subs containing movie name.
		 2    Load all subs in the current directory.

       --ssuubb--nnoo--tteexxtt--pppp
	      Disables any kind of text post processing done after loading the
	      subtitles.  Used for debug purposes.

       --ssuubbaalliiggnn <<00--22>> ((OOSSDD oonnllyy))
	      Specify which edge of the subtitles should  be  aligned  at  the
	      height given by -subpos.
		 0    Align subtitle top edge (original behavior).
		 1    Align subtitle center.
		 2    Align subtitle bottom edge (default).

       --ssuubbcccc
	      Display  DVD  Closed  Caption (CC) subtitles.  These are nnoott the
	      VOB subtitles, these are special ASCII subtitles for the hearing
	      impaired	encoded  in  the  VOB userdata stream on most region 1
	      DVDs.  CC subtitles have not been spotted on DVDs from other re-
	      gions so far.

       --ssuubbccpp <<ccooddeeppaaggee>> ((iiccoonnvv oonnllyy))
	      If  your	system	supports  iconv(3), you can use this option to
	      specify the subtitle codepage.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -subcp latin2
		 -subcp cp1250

       --ssuubbccpp eennccaa::<<llaanngguuaaggee>>::<<ffaallllbbaacckk ccooddeeppaaggee>> ((EENNCCAA oonnllyy))
	      You can specify your language using a two letter	language  code
	      to  make ENCA detect the codepage automatically.	If unsure, en-
	      ter anything and watch mplayer  -v  output  for  available  lan-
	      guages.	Fallback  codepage specifies the codepage to use, when
	      autodetection fails.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -subcp enca:cs:latin2
		      Guess the encoding, assuming the	subtitles  are	Czech,
		      fall back on latin 2, if the detection fails.
		 -subcp enca:pl:cp1250
		      Guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250.

       --ssuubbddeellaayy <<sseecc>>
	      Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds.  Can be negative.

       --ssuubbffiillee <<ffiilleennaammee>> ((BBEETTAA CCOODDEE))
	      Currently useless.  Same as -audiofile, but for subtitle streams
	      (OggDS?).

       --ssuubbffoonntt--aauuttoossccaallee <<00--33>> ((FFrreeeeTTyyppee oonnllyy))
	      Sets the autoscale mode.
	      _N_O_T_E_: 0 means that text scale and OSD scale are font heights  in
	      points.

	      The mode can be:

		 0    no autoscale
		 1    proportional to movie height
		 2    proportional to movie width
		 3    proportional to movie diagonal (default)

       --ssuubbffoonntt--bblluurr <<00--88>> ((FFrreeeeTTyyppee oonnllyy))
	      Sets the font blur radius (default: 2).

       --ssuubbffoonntt--eennccooddiinngg <<vvaalluuee>> ((FFrreeeeTTyyppee oonnllyy))
	      Sets  the  font encoding.  When set to 'unicode', all the glyphs
	      from the font file will be rendered and  unicode	will  be  used
	      (default: unicode).

       --ssuubbffoonntt--oossdd--ssccaallee <<00--110000>> ((FFrreeeeTTyyppee oonnllyy))
	      Sets the autoscale coefficient of the OSD elements (default: 6).

       --ssuubbffoonntt--oouuttlliinnee <<00--88>> ((FFrreeeeTTyyppee oonnllyy))
	      Sets the font outline thickness (default: 2).

       --ssuubbffoonntt--tteexxtt--ssccaallee <<00--110000>> ((FFrreeeeTTyyppee oonnllyy))
	      Sets the subtitle text autoscale coefficient  as	percentage  of
	      the screen size (default: 5).

       --ssuubbffppss <<rraattee>>
	      Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps).
	      _N_O_T_E_: Only for frame-based subtitle files, i.e. MicroDVD format.

       --ssuubbppooss <<00--110000>> ((uusseeffuull wwiitthh --vvff eexxppaanndd)) ((OOSSDD oonnllyy))
	      Specify  the  position of subtitles on the screen.  The value is
	      the vertical position of the subtitle in % of the screen height.

       --ssuubbwwiiddtthh <<1100--110000>> ((OOSSDD oonnllyy))
	      Specify  the  maximum  width of subtitles on the screen.	Useful
	      for TV-out.  The value is the width of the subtitle in % of  the
	      screen width.

       --nnootteerrmm--oossdd
	      Disable the display of OSD messages on the console when no video
	      output is available.

       --tteerrmm--oossdd--eesscc <<eessccaappee sseeqquueennccee>>
	      Specify the escape sequence to use before writing an OSD message
	      on  the console.	The escape sequence should move the pointer to
	      the beginning of the line used for the OSD  and  clear  it  (de-
	      fault: ^[[A\r^[[K).

       --uunniiccooddee
	      Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as unicode.

       --uuttff88
	      Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as UTF-8.

       --vvoobbssuubb <<VVOOBBssuubb ffiillee wwiitthhoouutt eexxtteennssiioonn>>
	      Specify  a VOBsub file to use for subtitles.  Has to be the full
	      pathname without extension, i.e. without the '.idx',  '.ifo'  or
	      '.sub'.

       --vvoobbssuubbiidd <<00--3311>>
	      Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID.

AAUUDDIIOO OOUUTTPPUUTT OOPPTTIIOONNSS ((MMPPLLAAYYEERR OONNLLYY))
       --aabbss <<vvaalluuee>> ((--aaoo oossss oonnllyy)) ((OOBBSSOOLLEETTEE))
	      Override audio driver/card buffer size detection.

       --ffoorrmmaatt <<ffoorrmmaatt>> ((aallssoo sseeee tthhee ffoorrmmaatt aauuddiioo ffiilltteerr))
	      Select  the  sample format used for output from the audio filter
	      layer to the sound card.	The values that <format> can adopt are
	      listed below in the description of the format audio filter.

       --mmiixxeerr <<ddeevviiccee>>
	      Use  a  mixer device different from the default /dev/mixer.  For
	      ALSA this is the mixer name.

       --mmiixxeerr--cchhaannnneell <<mmiixxeerr lliinnee>>[[,,mmiixxeerr iinnddeexx]] ((--aaoo oossss aanndd --aaoo aallssaa oonnllyy))
	      This option will tell MPlayer to use  a  different  channel  for
	      controlling  volume  than  the default PCM.  Options for OSS in-
	      clude vvooll,, ppccmm,, lliinnee..  For a complete list of options  look  for
	      SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES  in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.  For ALSA
	      you can use the names  e.g.  alsamixer  displays,  like  MMaasstteerr,,
	      LLiinnee,, PPCCMM..
	      _N_O_T_E_:  ALSA  mixer  channel  names  followed by a number must be
	      specified in the <name,number> format, i.e.  a  channel  labeled
	      'PCM 1' in alsamixer must be converted to PPCCMM,,11.

       --ssooffttvvooll
	      Force  the use of the software mixer, instead of using the sound
	      card mixer.

       --ssooffttvvooll--mmaaxx <<1100..00--1100000000..00>>
	      Set the maximum amplification level in percent  (default:  110).
	      A value of 200 will allow you to adjust the volume up to a maxi-
	      mum of double the current level.	With values below 100 the ini-
	      tial  volume  (which  is	100%) will be above the maximum, which
	      e.g. the OSD cannot display correctly.

       --vvoollsstteepp <<00--110000>>
	      Set the step size of mixer volume  changes  in  percent  of  the
	      whole range (default: 3).

AAUUDDIIOO OOUUTTPPUUTT DDRRIIVVEERRSS ((MMPPLLAAYYEERR OONNLLYY))
       Audio  output  drivers are interfaces to different audio output facili-
       ties.  The syntax is:

       --aaoo <<ddrriivveerr11[[::ssuubbooppttiioonn11[[==vvaalluuee]]::......]],,ddrriivveerr22,,......[[,,]]>>
	      Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back  on  drivers  not
       contained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omit-
       ted.
       _N_O_T_E_: See -ao help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers.

       _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -ao alsa,oss,
		      Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
		 -ao alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3
		      Sets noblock-mode and the  device-name  as  first  card,
		      fourth device.

       Available audio output drivers are:

       aallssaa
	      ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output driver
		 noblock
		      Sets noblock-mode.
		 device=<device>
		      Sets  the device name.  Replace any ',' with '.' and any
		      ':' with '=' in the ALSA device name.  For hwac3	output
		      via  S/PDIF,  use  an "iec958" or "spdif" device, unless
		      you really know how to set it correctly.

       aallssaa55
	      ALSA 0.5 audio output driver

       oossss
	      OSS audio output driver
		 <dsp-device>
		      Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).
		 <mixer-device>
		      Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).
		 <mixer-channel>
		      Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm).

       ssddll ((SSDDLL oonnllyy))
	      highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia  Layer)  li-
	      brary audio output driver
		 <driver>
		      Explicitly  choose the SDL audio driver to use (default:
		      let SDL choose).

       aarrttss
	      audio output through the aRts daemon

       eessdd
	      audio output through the ESD daemon
		 <server>
		      Explicitly choose the ESD server to use (default: local-
		      host).

       jjaacckk
	      audio output through JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit)
		 port=<name>
		      Connects	to  the  ports	with  the given name (default:
		      physical ports).
		 name=<client
		      Client name that is passed  to  JACK  (default:  MPlayer
		      [<PID>]).   Useful  if  you want to have certain connec-
		      tions established automatically.
		 (no)estimate
		      Estimate the audio delay, supposed  to  make  the  video
		      playback smoother (default: enabled).

       nnaass
	      audio output through NAS

       mmaaccoossxx ((MMaacc OOSS XX oonnllyy))
	      native Mac OS X audio output driver

       ssggii ((SSGGII oonnllyy))
	      native SGI audio output driver
		 <output device name>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  output  device/interface to use
		      (default: system-wide default).	For  example,  'Analog
		      Out' or 'Digital Out'.

       ssuunn ((SSuunn oonnllyy))
	      native Sun audio output driver
		 <device>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  audio  device  to use (default:
		      /dev/audio).

       wwiinn3322 ((WWiinnddoowwss oonnllyy))
	      native Windows waveout audio output driver

       ddssoouunndd ((WWiinnddoowwss oonnllyy))
	      DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
		 device=<devicenum>
		      Sets the device number to use.  Playing a file  with  -v
		      will show a list of available devices.

       ddxxrr22 ((aallssoo sseeee --ddxxrr22)) ((DDXXRR22 oonnllyy))
	      Creative DXR2 specific output driver

       iivvttvv ((IIVVTTVV oonnllyy))
	      IVTV  specific  MPEG  audio output driver.  Works with -ac hwmpa
	      only.

       mmppeeggppeess ((DDVVBB oonnllyy))
	      Audio output driver for DVB cards that writes the output	to  an
	      MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
		 card=<1-4>
		      DVB card to use if more than one card is present.
		 file=<filename>
		      output filename

       nnuullll
	      Produces	no  audio  output  but maintains video playback speed.
	      Use -nosound for benchmarking.

       ppccmm
	      raw PCM/wave file writer audio output
		 (no)waveheader
		      Include or do not include the wave header (default:  in-
		      cluded).	 When not included, raw PCM will be generated.
		 file=<filename>
		      Write the sound to <filename> instead of the default au-
		      diodump.wav.   If nowaveheader is specified, the default
		      is audiodump.pcm.
		 fast
		      Try to dump faster than realtime.  Make sure the	output
		      does  not  get  truncated  (usually with "Too many video
		      packets in buffer" message).  It is normal that you  get
		      a "Your system is too SLOW to play this!" message.

       pplluuggiinn
	      plugin audio output driver

VVIIDDEEOO OOUUTTPPUUTT OOPPTTIIOONNSS ((MMPPLLAAYYEERR OONNLLYY))
       --aaddaapptteerr <<vvaalluuee>>
	      Set  the graphics card that will receive the image.  You can get
	      a list of available cards when you  run  this  option  with  -v.
	      Currently only works with the directx video output driver.

       --bbpppp <<ddeepptthh>>
	      Override	the  autodetected  color depth.  Only supported by the
	      fbdev, dga, svga, vesa video output drivers.

       --bboorrddeerr
	      Play movie with window border and decorations.  Since this is on
	      by default, use -noborder to disable the standard window decora-
	      tions.  Supported by the directx video output driver.

       --bbrriigghhttnneessss <<--110000--110000>>
	      Adjust the brightness of the video  signal  (default:  0).   Not
	      supported by all video output drivers.

       --ccoonnttrraasstt <<--110000--110000>>
	      Adjust  the contrast of the video signal (default: 0).  Not sup-
	      ported by all video output drivers.

       --ddiissppllaayy <<nnaammee>> ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      Specify the hostname and display number of the X server you want
	      to display on.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -display xtest.localdomain:0

       --ddrr
	      Turns on direct rendering (not supported by all codecs and video
	      outputs)
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: May cause OSD/SUB corruption!

       --ddxxrr22 <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>>
	      This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver.

		 ar-mode=<value>
		      aspect ratio mode (0 = normal, 1	=  pan-and-scan,  2  =
		      letterbox (default))

		 iec958-encoded
		      Set iec958 output mode to encoded.

		 iec958-decoded
		      Set iec958 output mode to decoded (default).

		 macrovision=<value>
		      macrovision  mode (0 = off (default), 1 = agc, 2 = agc 2
		      colorstripe, 3 = agc 4 colorstripe)

		 mute
		      mute sound output

		 unmute
		      unmute sound output

		 ucode=<value>
		      path to the microcode

	      _T_V _o_u_t_p_u_t

		 75ire
		      enable 7.5 IRE output mode

		 no75ire
		      disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default)

		 bw
		      b/w TV output

		 color
		      color TV output (default)

		 interlaced
		      interlaced TV output (default)

		 nointerlaced
		      disable interlaced TV output

		 norm=<value>
		      TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc)

		 square-pixel
		      set pixel mode to square

		 ccir601-pixel
		      set pixel mode to ccir601

	      _o_v_e_r_l_a_y

		 cr-left=<0-500>
		      Set the left cropping value (default: 50).

		 cr-right=<0-500>
		      Set the right cropping value (default: 300).

		 cr-top=<0-500>
		      Set the top cropping value (default: 0).

		 cr-bottom=<0-500>
		      Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0).

		 ck-[r|g|b]=<0-255>
		      Set the r(ed), g(reen) or b(lue)	gain  of  the  overlay
		      color-key.

		 ck-[r|g|b]min=<0-255>
		      minimum value for the respective color key

		 ck-[r|g|b]max=<0-255>
		      maximum value for the respective color key

		 ignore-cache
		      Ignore cached overlay settings.

		 update-cache
		      Update cached overlay settings.

		 ol-osd
		      Enable overlay onscreen display.

		 nool-osd
		      Disable overlay onscreen display (default).

		 ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20-20>
		      Adjust the overlay size (h,w) and position (x,y) in case
		      it does not match the window perfectly (default: 0).

		 overlay
		      Activate overlay (default).

		 nooverlay
		      Activate TVout.

		 overlay-ratio=<1-2500>
		      Tune the overlay (default: 1000).

       --ffbbmmooddee <<mmooddeennaammee>> ((--vvoo ffbbddeevv oonnllyy))
	      Change video mode to the one that is labeled  as	<modename>  in
	      /etc/fb.modes.
	      _N_O_T_E_: VESA framebuffer does not support mode changing.

       --ffbbmmooddeeccoonnffiigg <<ffiilleennaammee>> ((--vvoo ffbbddeevv oonnllyy))
	      Override	framebuffer  mode  configuration  file (default: /etc/
	      fb.modes).

       --ffss ((aallssoo sseeee --zzoooomm))
	      Fullscreen playback  (centers  movie,  and  paints  black  bands
	      around it).  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       --ffssmmooddee--ddoonnttuussee <<00--3311>> ((OOBBSSOOLLEETTEE,, uussee tthhee --ffss ooppttiioonn))
	      Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems.

       --ffssttyyppee <<ttyyppee11,,ttyyppee22,,......>> ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      Specify a priority list of fullscreen modes to be used.  You can
	      negate the modes by prefixing them with '-'.  If you  experience
	      problems	like the fullscreen window being covered by other win-
	      dows try using a different order.
	      _N_O_T_E_: See -fstype help for a full list of available modes.

	      The available types are:

		 above
		      Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available.
		 below
		      Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available.
		 fullscreen
		      Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available.
		 layer
		      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer.
		 layer=<0...15>
		      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number.
		 netwm
		      Force NETWM style.
		 none
		      Do not set fullscreen window layer.
		 stays_on_top
		      Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen
		      Default order, will be used as a fallback  if  incorrect
		      or unsupported modes are specified.
		 -fullscreen
		      Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x.

       --ggeeoommeettrryy xx[[%%]][[::yy[[%%]]]] oorr [[WWxxHH]][[++xx++yy]]
	      Adjust where the output is on the screen initially.  The x and y
	      specifications are in pixels measured from the top-left  of  the
	      screen  to the top-left of the image being displayed, however if
	      a percentage sign is given after the argument it turns the value
	      into a percentage of the screen size in that direction.  It also
	      supports the standard X11 -geometry option format.  If an exter-
	      nal  window is specified using the -wid option, then the x and y
	      coordinates are relative to the top-left corner  of  the	window
	      rather than the screen.
	      _N_O_T_E_:  This option is only supported by the x11, xmga, xv, xvmc,
	      xvidix, gl, gl2, directx and tdfxfb video output drivers.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 50:40
		      Places the window at x=50, y=40.
		 50%:50%
		      Places the window in the middle of the screen.
		 100%
		      Places the window at the middle of the right edge of the
		      screen.
		 100%:100%
		      Places  the  window  at  the  bottom right corner of the
		      screen.

       --gguuiiwwiidd <<wwiinnddooww IIDD>> ((aallssoo sseeee --wwiidd)) ((GGUUII oonnllyy))
	      This tells the GUI to also use an X11 window and stick itself to
	      the  bottom of the video, which is useful to embed a mini-GUI in
	      a browser (with the MPlayer plugin for instance).

       --hhuuee <<--110000--110000>>
	      Adjust the hue of the video signal (default: 0).	You can get  a
	      colored  negative  of the image with this option.  Not supported
	      by all video output drivers.

       --mmoonniittoorr--ddoottcclloocckk <<rraannggee[[,,rraannggee,,......]]>> ((--vvoo ffbbddeevv aanndd vveessaa oonnllyy))
	      Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor.

       --mmoonniittoorr--hhffrreeqq <<rraannggee[[,,rraannggee,,......]]>> ((--vvoo ffbbddeevv aanndd vveessaa oonnllyy))
	      Specify the horizontal frequency range of the monitor.

       --mmoonniittoorr--vvffrreeqq <<rraannggee[[,,rraannggee,,......]]>> ((--vvoo ffbbddeevv aanndd vveessaa oonnllyy))
	      Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor.

       --mmoonniittoorraassppeecctt <<rraattiioo>> ((aallssoo sseeee --aassppeecctt))
	      Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -monitoraspect 4:3  or 1.3333
		 -monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777

       --mmoonniittoorrppiixxeellaassppeecctt <<rraattiioo>> ((aallssoo sseeee --aassppeecctt))
	      Set the aspect of a single pixel of your monitor	or  TV	screen
	      (default:  disabled).   Overrides the -monitoraspect setting.  A
	      value of 0 disables, a value of 1 means square  pixels  (correct
	      for (almost?) all LCDs).

       --nnooddoouubbllee
	      Disables	double buffering, mostly for debugging purposes.  Dou-
	      ble buffering fixes flicker by storing two frames in memory, and
	      displaying  one while decoding another.  It can affect OSD nega-
	      tively, but often removes OSD flickering.

       --nnooggrraabbppooiinntteerr
	      Do not grab the mouse pointer after a video mode	change	(-vm).
	      Useful for multihead setups.

       --nnookkeeeeppaassppeecctt
	      Do  not  keep  window  aspect ratio when resizing windows.  Only
	      works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, directx video output driv-
	      ers.   Furthermore  under  X11  your window manager has to honor
	      window aspect hints.

       --oonnttoopp
	      Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.  Supported
	      by  video  output  drivers which use X11, except SDL, as well as
	      directx, macosx, quartz, ggi and gl2.

       --ppaannssccaann <<00..00--11..00>>
	      Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a
	      16:9  movie  to  make it fit a 4:3 display without black bands).
	      The range controls how much of the image is cropped.  Only works
	      with the xv, xmga, mga, gl, gl2, quartz, macosx and xvidix video
	      output drivers.

       --ppaannssccaannrraannggee <<--1199..00--9999..00>> ((eexxppeerriimmeennttaall))
	      Change the range of the pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1).
	      Positive	values	mean multiples of the default range.  Negative
	      numbers mean you can zoom in up to a factor of  -panscanrange+1.
	      E.g.  -panscanrange  -3  allows  a zoom factor of up to 4.  This
	      feature is experimental.	Do not report bugs unless you are  us-
	      ing -vo gl.

       --rreeffrreesshhrraattee <<HHzz>>
	      Set  the monitor refreshrate in Hz.  Currently only supported by
	      -vo directx combined with the -vm option.

       --rroooottwwiinn
	      Play movie in the root  window  (desktop	background).   Desktop
	      background  images  may  cover  the  movie window, though.  Only
	      works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz, macosx and directx
	      video output drivers.

       --ssaattuurraattiioonn <<--110000--110000>>
	      Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0).  You can
	      get grayscale output with this option.   Not  supported  by  all
	      video output drivers.

       --ssccrreeeennhh <<ppiixxeellss>>
	      Specify  the vertical screen resolution for video output drivers
	      which do not know the screen  resolution	like  fbdev,  x11  and
	      TVout.

       --ssccrreeeennww <<ppiixxeellss>>
	      Specify  the horizontal screen resolution for video output driv-
	      ers which do not know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11  and
	      TVout.

       --ssttoopp--xxssccrreeeennssaavveerr ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      Turns off xscreensaver at startup and turns it on again on exit.

       --vvmm
	      Try to change to a different video mode.	Supported by the  dga,
	      x11, xv, sdl and directx video output drivers.  If used with the
	      directx video output driver the  -screenw,  -screenh,  -bpp  and
	      -refreshrate options can be used to set the new display mode.

       --vvssyynncc
	      Enables  VBI for the vesa, dfbmga and svga video output drivers.

       --wwiidd <<wwiinnddooww IIDD>> ((aallssoo sseeee --gguuiiwwiidd)) ((XX1111,, OOppeennGGLL aanndd DDiirreeccttXX oonnllyy))
	      This tells MPlayer to attach to an existing window.   Useful  to
	      embed MPlayer in a browser (e.g. the plugger extension).

       --xxiinneerraammaassccrreeeenn <<--22--......>> ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      In  Xinerama  configurations  (i.e.  a single desktop that spans
	      across multiple displays) this option tells MPlayer which screen
	      to  display the movie on.  A value of -2 means fullscreen across
	      the whole virtual display, -1 means fullscreen  on  the  display
	      the  window  currently  is on.  The initial position set via the
	      -geometry option is relative to the specified screen.  Will usu-
	      ally only work with "-fstype -fullscreen" or "-fstype none".

       --zzrrbbww ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      Display  in  black and white.  For optimal performance, this can
	      be combined with '-lavdopts gray'.

       --zzrrccrroopp <<[[wwiiddtthh]]xx[[hheeiigghhtt]]++[[xx ooffffsseett]]++[[yy ooffffsseett]]>> ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      Select a part of the input image	to  display,  multiple	occur-
	      rences of this option switch on cinerama mode.  In cinerama mode
	      the movie is distributed over more than one TV  (or  beamer)  to
	      create a larger image.  Options appearing after the n-th -zrcrop
	      apply to the n-th MJPEG card, each card should at least  have  a
	      -zrdev in addition to the -zrcrop.  For examples, see the output
	      of -zrhelp and the Zr section of the documentation.

       --zzrrddeevv <<ddeevviiccee>> ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      Specify the device special file that belongs to your MJPEG card,
	      by default the zr video output driver takes the first v4l device
	      it can find.

       --zzrrffdd ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      Force  decimation:  Decimation,  as  specified  by  -zrhdec  and
	      -zrvdec, only happens if the hardware scaler can stretch the im-
	      age to its original size.  Use this option to force  decimation.

       --zzrrhhddeecc <<11||22||44>> ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      Horizontal  decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or
	      4th line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use  the
	      scaler  of  the  MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original
	      size.

       --zzrrhheellpp ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      Display a list of all -zr* options, their default values	and  a
	      cinerama mode example.

       --zzrrnnoorrmm <<nnoorrmm>> ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change).

       --zzrrqquuaalliittyy <<11--2200>> ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      A  number  from 1 (best) to 20 (worst) representing the JPEG en-
	      coding quality.

       --zzrrvvddeecc <<11||22||44>> ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      Vertical decimation: Ask the driver to send only	every  2nd  or
	      4th  line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use the
	      scaler of the MJPEG card to stretch the image  to  its  original
	      size.

       --zzrrxxddooffff <<xx ddiissppllaayy ooffffsseett>> ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      If  the  movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option speci-
	      fies the x offset from the upper-left corner of  the  TV	screen
	      (default: centered).

       --zzrryyddooffff <<yy ddiissppllaayy ooffffsseett>> ((--vvoo zzrr oonnllyy))
	      If  the  movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option speci-
	      fies the y offset from the upper-left corner of  the  TV	screen
	      (default: centered).

VVIIDDEEOO OOUUTTPPUUTT DDRRIIVVEERRSS ((MMPPLLAAYYEERR OONNLLYY))
       Video  output  drivers are interfaces to different video output facili-
       ties.  The syntax is:

       --vvoo <<ddrriivveerr11[[::ssuubbooppttiioonn11[[==vvaalluuee]]::......]],,ddrriivveerr22,,......[[,,]]>>
	      Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back  on  drivers  not
       contained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omit-
       ted.
       _N_O_T_E_: See -vo help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

       _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -vo xmga,xv,
		      Try the Matrox X11 driver, then the Xv driver, then oth-
		      ers.
		 -vo directx:noaccel
		      Uses  the  DirectX  driver  with	acceleration  features
		      turned off.

       Available video output drivers are:

       xxvv ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      Uses the XVideo extension of XFree86 4.x to enable hardware  ac-
	      celerated playback.  If you cannot use a hardware specific driv-
	      er, this is probably the best  option.   For  information  about
	      what  colorkey  is  used and how it is drawn run MPlayer with -v
	      option and look out for the lines tagged with [xv common] at the
	      beginning.
		 port=<number>
		      Select a specific XVideo port.
		 ck=<cur|use|set>
		      Select  the source from which the colorkey is taken (de-
		      fault: cur).
			 cur  The default takes the colorkey currently set  in
			      Xv.
			 use  Use  but	do  not  set the colorkey from MPlayer
			      (use -colorkey option to change it).
			 set  Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.
		 ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
		      Sets the colorkey drawing method (default: man).
			 man  Draw  the  colorkey manually (reduces flicker in
			      some cases).
			 bg   Set the colorkey as window background.
			 auto Let Xv draw the colorkey.

       xx1111 ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      Shared memory video output driver without hardware  acceleration
	      that works whenever X11 is present.

       xxoovveerr ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      Adds  X11  support  to  all  overlay based video output drivers.
	      Currently only supported by tdfx_vid.
		 <vo_driver>
		      Select the driver to use as source to overlay on top  of
		      X11.

       xxvvmmcc ((XX1111 wwiitthh --vvcc ffffmmppeegg1122mmcc oonnllyy))
	      Video output driver that uses the XvMC (X Video Motion Compensa-
	      tion) extension of XFree86 4.x to speed up MPEG-1/2 and VCR2 de-
	      coding.
		 port=<number>
		      Select a specific XVideo port.
		 (no)benchmark
		      Disables image display.  Necessary for proper benchmark-
		      ing of drivers that change image buffers on monitor  re-
		      trace  only  (nVidia).   Default is not to disable image
		      display (nobenchmark).
		 (no)bobdeint
		      Very simple deinterlacer.  Might not  look  better  than
		      -vf  tfields=1, but it is the only deinterlacer for xvmc
		      (default: nobobdeint).
		 (no)queue
		      Queue frames for display to allow more parallel work  of
		      the  video  hardware.   May add a small (not noticeable)
		      constant A/V desync (default: noqueue).
		 (no)sleep
		      Use sleep function while waiting for rendering to finish
		      (not recommended on Linux) (default: nosleep).
		 ck=cur|use|set
		      Same as -vo xv:ck (see -vo xv).
		 ck-method=man|bg|auto
		      Same as -vo xv:ck-method (see -vo xv).

       ddggaa ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      Play video through the XFree86 Direct Graphics Access extension.
	      Considered obsolete.

       ssddll ((SSDDLL oonnllyy))
	      Highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia  Layer)  li-
	      brary  video  output  driver.  Since SDL uses its own X11 layer,
	      MPlayer X11 options do not have any effect on SDL.
		 driver=<driver>
		      Explicitly choose the SDL driver to use.
		 (no)forcexv
		      Use XVideo through the sdl video output driver (default:
		      forcexv).
		 (no)hwaccel
		      Use hardware accelerated scaler (default: hwaccel).

       vviiddiixx
	      VIDIX  (VIDeo  Interface	for *niX) is an interface to the video
	      acceleration features of different graphics  cards.   Very  fast
	      video output driver on cards that support it.
		 <subdevice>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  VIDIX  subdevice driver to use.
		      Available  subdevice  drivers   are   cyberblade_vid.so,
		      mach64_vid.so,	   mga_crtc2_vid.so,	   mga_vid.so,
		      nvidia_vid.so,	    pm3_vid.so, 	radeon_vid.so,
		      rage128_vid.so, sis_vid.so and unichrome_vid.so.

       xxvviiddiixx ((XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      X11 frontend for VIDIX
		 <subdevice>
		      same as vidix

       ccvviiddiixx
	      Generic and platform independent VIDIX frontend, can even run in
	      a text console with nVidia cards.
		 <subdevice>
		      same as vidix

       wwiinnvviiddiixx ((WWiinnddoowwss oonnllyy))
	      Windows frontend for VIDIX
		 <subdevice>
		      same as vidix

       ddiirreeccttxx ((WWiinnddoowwss oonnllyy))
	      Video output driver that uses the DirectX interface.
		 noaccel
		      Turns off hardware acceleration.	Try this option if you
		      have display problems.

       qquuaarrttzz ((MMaacc OOSS XX oonnllyy))
	      Mac  OS X Quartz video output driver.  Under some circumstances,
	      it might be more efficient to force a packed YUV output  format,
	      with e.g. -vf format=yuy2.
		 device_id=<number>
		      Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.
		 fs_res=<width>:<height>
		      Specify  the  fullscreen resolution (useful on slow sys-
		      tems).

       mmaaccoossxx ((MMaacc OOSS XX 1100..44 oorr 1100..33..99 wwiitthh QQuuiicckkTTiimmee 77))
	      Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver
		 device_id=<number>
		      Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.

       ffbbddeevv ((LLiinnuuxx oonnllyy))
	      Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the fbdev device  name	to  use  (e.g.
		      /dev/fb0)  or the name of the VIDIX subdevice if the de-
		      vice name starts with 'vidix' (e.g.  'vidixsis_vid'  for
		      the sis driver).

       ffbbddeevv22 ((LLiinnuuxx oonnllyy))
	      Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video, alternative implemen-
	      tation.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
		      /dev/fb0).

       vveessaa
	      Very  general  video  output driver that should work on any VESA
	      VBE 2.0 compatible card.
		 dga
		      Turns on DGA mode.
		 nodga
		      Turns off DGA mode.
		 neotv_pal
		      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm.
		 neotv_ntsc
		      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm.
		 vidix
		      Use the VIDIX driver.
		 lvo:
		      Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode.

       ssvvggaa
	      Play video using the SVGA library.
		 <video mode>
		      Specify video mode to use.  The mode can be given  in  a
		      <width>x<height>x<colors> format, e.g. 640x480x16M or be
		      a graphics mode number, e.g. 84.
		 bbosd
		      Draw OSD into black bands below the movie (slower).
		 native
		      Use only native drawing functions.  This	avoids	direct
		      rendering, OSD and hardware acceleration.
		 retrace
		      Force  frame  switch  on	vertical retrace.  Usable only
		      with -double.  It has the same effect as the -vsync  op-
		      tion.
		 sq
		      Try to select a video mode with square pixels.
		 vidix
		      Use svga with VIDIX.

       ggll
	      OpenGL  video output driver, simple version.  Video size must be
	      smaller than the maximum texture size of your OpenGL implementa-
	      tion.   Intended	to work even with the most basic OpenGL imple-
	      mentations, but also makes use of newer extensions, which  allow
	      support  for  more colorspaces and direct rendering.  Please use
	      -dr if it works with your OpenGL implementation, since for high-
	      er  resolutions  this provides a bbiigg speedup.  The code performs
	      very few checks, so if a feature does not work,  this  might  be
	      because  it  is not supported by your card/OpenGL implementation
	      even if you do not get any error message.  Use glxinfo or a sim-
	      ilar tool to display the supported OpenGL extensions.
		 (no)manyfmts
		      Enables  support	for  more  (RGB and BGR) color formats
		      (default: enabled).  Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2.
		 slice-height=<0-...>
		      Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default:
		      4).  0 for whole image.
		      _N_O_T_E_:  If  YUV  colorspace  is used (see yuv suboption),
		      special rules apply:
			 If the decoder uses slice rendering (see  -noslices),
			 this setting has no effect, the size of the slices as
			 provided by the decoder is used.
			 If the decoder does not use slice rendering, the  de-
			 fault is 16.
		 (no)osd
		      Enable  or  disable support for OSD rendering via OpenGL
		      (default: enabled).  This option is for testing; to dis-
		      able the OSD use -osdlevel 0 instead.
		 (no)scaled-osd
		      Changes  the  way  the  OSD behaves when the size of the
		      window changes (default: disabled).   When  enabled  be-
		      haves more like the other video output drivers, which is
		      better for fixed-size fonts.  Disabled looks much better
		      with  FreeType  fonts and uses the borders in fullscreen
		      mode.
		 osdcolor=<0xRRGGBB>
		      Color for OSD (default: 0xffffff, corresponds to white).
		 (no)aspect
		      Enable  or  disable aspect scaling and pan-and-scan sup-
		      port  (default:  enabled).   Disabling  might   increase
		      speed.
		 rectangle=<0,1,2>
		      Select  usage  of rectangular textures which saves video
		      RAM, but often is slower (default: 0).
			 0: Use power-of-two textures (default).
			 1: Use the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension.
			 2: Use the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two extension.
			 In  some  cases  only	supported in software and thus
			 very slow.
		 (no)glfinish
		      Call glFinish() before swapping buffers.	Slower but  in
		      some cases more correct output (default: disabled).
		 swapinterval=<n>
		      Minimum  interval  between  two buffer swaps, counted in
		      displayed frames (default: 1).  1 is equivalent  to  en-
		      abling VSYNC, 0 to disabling VSYNC.  Values below 0 will
		      leave it at the system default.  This limits the framer-
		      ate   to	 (horizontal  refresh  rate  /	n).   Requires
		      GLX_SGI_swap_control  support  to   work.    With   some
		      (most/all?)   implementations   this   only   works   in
		      fullscreen mode.
		 yuv=<n>
		      Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion.
			 0: Use  software  conversion  (default).   Compatible
			 with  all OpenGL versions.  Provides brightness, con-
			 trast and saturation control.
			 1: Use register combiners.  This uses an  nVidia-spe-
			 cific extension (GL_NV_register_combiners).  At least
			 three texture units are needed.  Provides  saturation
			 and hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
			 2:  Use  a  fragment program.	Needs the GL_ARB_frag-
			 ment_program extension and  at  least	three  texture
			 units.  Provides brightness, contrast, saturation and
			 hue control.
			 3: Use a fragment program using the POW  instruction.
			 Needs	the  GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension and at
			 least three texture units.  Provides brightness, con-
			 trast,  saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma can
			 also be set independently for red,  green  and  blue.
			 Method 4 is usually faster.
			 4:  Use  a  fragment  program with additional lookup.
			 Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension  and  at
			 least	four texture units.  Provides brightness, con-
			 trast, saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma  can
			 also be set independently for red, green and blue.
			 5:  Use  ATI-specific method (for older cards).  This
			 uses an ATI-specific extension (GL_ATI_fragment_shad-
			 er  -	not  GL_ARB_fragment_shader!).	At least three
			 texture units are needed.   Provides  saturation  and
			 hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
			 6:  Use  a  3D  texture  to do conversion via lookup.
			 Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension  and  at
			 least	four  texture units.  Extremely slow (software
			 emulation) on some (all?) ATI cards since it  uses  a
			 texture  with	border	pixels.   Provides brightness,
			 contrast, saturation, hue and gamma  control.	 Gamma
			 can  also  be	set  independently  for red, green and
			 blue.	Speed depends more  on	GPU  memory  bandwidth
			 than other methods.
		 lscale=<n>
		      Select  the  scaling function to use for luminance scal-
		      ing.  Only valid for yuv modes 2, 3, 4 and 6.
			 0: Use simple linear filtering (default).
			 1: Use bicubic filtering (better quality).  Needs one
			 additional  texture  unit.   Older  cards will not be
			 able to handle this for chroma at least in fullscreen
			 mode.
		 cscale=<n>
		      Select the scaling function to use for chrominance scal-
		      ing.  For details see lscale.
		 customprog=<filename>
		      Load a custom fragment  program  from  <filename>.   See
		      TOOLS/edgedect.fp for an example.
		 customtex=<filename>
		      Load  a  custom  "gamma  ramp"  texture from <filename>.
		      This can be used in combination with yuv=4 or  with  the
		      customprog option.
		 (no)customtlin
		      If enabled (default) use GL_LINEAR interpolation, other-
		      wise use GL_NEAREST for customtex texture.
		 (no)customtrect
		      If enabled, use texture_rectangle for customtex texture.
		      Default is disabled.

       ggll22
	      OpenGL video output driver, second generation.  Supports OSD and
	      videos larger than the maximum texture size.
		 (no)glfinish
		      same as gl (default: enabled)
		 yuv=<n>
		      Select the type of YUV to RGB  conversion.   If  set  to
		      anything	except	0 OSD will be disabled and brightness,
		      contrast and gamma setting is  only  available  via  the
		      global  X  server  settings.  Apart from this the values
		      have the same meaning as for -vo gl.

       nnuullll
	      Produces no video output.  Useful for benchmarking.

       aaaa
	      ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.  You
	      can  get	a list and an explanation of available suboptions exe-
	      cuting _m_p_l_a_y_e_r _-_v_o _a_a_:_h_e_l_p

       ccaaccaa
	      Color ASCII art video output driver that works on  a  text  con-
	      sole.

       bbll
	      Video playback using the Blinkenlights UDP protocol.  This driv-
	      er is highly hardware specific.
		 <subdevice>
		      Explicitly choose the Blinkenlights subdevice driver  to
		      use.  It is something like arcade:host=localhost:2323 or
		      hdl:file=name1,file=name2.  You must  specify  a	subde-
		      vice.

       ggggii
	      GGI graphics system video output driver
		 <driver>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  GGI driver to use.  Replace any
		      ',' that would appear in the driver string by a '.'.

       ddiirreeccttffbb
	      Play video using the DirectFB library.
		 (no)input
		      Use the DirectFB instead of the  MPlayer	keyboard  code
		      (default: enabled).
		 buffermode=single|double|triple
		      Double  and  triple  buffering  give best results if you
		      want to avoid tearing issues.  Triple buffering is  more
		      efficient  than  double  buffering  as it does not block
		      MPlayer while waiting for the vertical retrace.	Single
		      buffering should be avoided (default: single).
		 fieldparity=top|bottom
		      Control the output order for interlaced frames (default:
		      disabled).  Valid values are top	=  top	fields	first,
		      bottom = bottom fields first.  This option does not have
		      any effect on progressive film material like  most  MPEG
		      movies  are.  You need to enable this option if you have
		      tearing issues or unsmooth motions  watching  interlaced
		      film material.
		 layer=N
		      Will  force  layer with ID N for playback (default: -1 -
		      auto).
		 dfbopts=<list>
		      Specify a parameter list for DirectFB.

       ddffbbmmggaa
	      Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific video output driver that uses the
	      DirectFB	library to make use of special hardware features.  En-
	      ables CRTC2 (second head), displaying video independently of the
	      first head.
		 (no)input
		      same as directfb (default: disabled)
		 buffermode=single|double|triple
		      same as directfb (default: triple)
		 fieldparity=top|bottom
		      same as directfb
		 (no)bes
		      Enable  the  use of the Matrox BES (backend scaler) (de-
		      fault: disabled).  Gives very  good  results  concerning
		      speed  and  output  quality as interpolated picture pro-
		      cessing is done in hardware.  Works only on the  primary
		      head.
		 (no)spic
		      Make  use of the Matrox sub picture layer to display the
		      OSD (default: enabled).
		 (no)crtc2
		      Turn on TV-out on the second  head  (default:  enabled).
		      The output quality is amazing as it is a full interlaced
		      picture with proper sync to every odd/even field.
		 tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto
		      Will set the TV norm of the Matrox card without the need
		      for   modifying	/etc/directfbrc  (default:  disabled).
		      Valid norms are pal = PAL, ntsc = NTSC.  Special norm is
		      auto  (auto-adjust  using  PAL/NTSC)  because it decides
		      which norm to use by looking at  the  framerate  of  the
		      movie.

       mmggaa ((LLiinnuuxx oonnllyy))
	      Matrox  specific	video  output driver that makes use of the YUV
	      back end scaler on Gxxx cards through a kernel module.   If  you
	      have a Matrox card, this is the fastest option.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  Matrox  device name to use (de-
		      fault: /dev/mga_vid).

       xxmmggaa ((LLiinnuuxx,, XX1111 oonnllyy))
	      The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the Matrox device  name  to  use  (de-
		      fault: /dev/mga_vid).

       ssyynnccffbb
	      Video output driver for the SyncFB kernel module, which provides
	      special hardware features of Matrox  Gxxx  cards	like  hardware
	      deinterlacing,  scaling  and  synchronizing your video output to
	      the vertical retrace of your monitor.

       33ddffxx ((LLiinnuuxx oonnllyy))
	      3dfx specific video output driver.  This	driver	directly  uses
	      the  3dfx  hardware  on  top of X11.  Only 16 bpp are supported.
	      FIXME: It' ok the difference between 3dfx, tdfxfb and  tdfx_vid?

       ttddffxxffbb ((LLiinnuuxx oonnllyy))
	      This  driver  employs the tdfx framebuffer driver to play movies
	      with YUV acceleration on 3dfx cards.  FIXME: It' ok the  differ-
	      ence between 3dfx, tdfxfb and tdfx_vid?
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
		      /dev/fb0).

       ttddffxx__vviidd ((LLiinnuuxx oonnllyy))
	      3dfx specific video output driver.  This	driver	directly  uses
	      the  tdfx_vid  kernel  module.  FIXME: It' ok the difference be-
	      tween 3dfx, tdfxfb and tdfx_vid?
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the device name to use (default: /dev/
		      tdfx_vid).

       ddxxrr22 ((aallssoo sseeee --ddxxrr22)) ((DDXXRR22 oonnllyy))
	      Creative DXR2 specific video output driver.
		 <vo_driver>
		      Output video subdriver to use as overlay (x11, xv).

       ddxxrr33 ((DDXXRR33 oonnllyy))
	      Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG decoder chip (Creative DXR3, Sigma De-
	      signs Hollywood Plus) specific video output  driver.   Also  see
	      the lavc video filter.
		 overlay
		      Activates the overlay instead of TVOut.
		 prebuf
		      Turns on prebuffering.
		 sync
		      Will turn on the new sync-engine.
		 norm=<norm>
		      Specifies the TV norm.
			 0: Does not change current norm (default).
			 1: Auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC.
			 2: Auto-adjust using PAL/PAL-60.
			 3: PAL
			 4: PAL-60
			 5: NTSC

		 <0-3>
		      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
		      one em8300 card.

       iivvttvv ((IIVVTTVV oonnllyy))
	      Conexant	CX23415  (iCompression	iTVC15)  or  Conexant  CX23416
	      (iCompression   iTVC16)	MPEG  decoder  chip  (Hauppauge  WinTV
	      PVR-150/250/350/500) specific video output  driver  for  TV-Out.
	      Also see the lavc video filter.
		 device
		      Explicitly  choose  the  MPEG decoder device name to use
		      (default: /dev/video16).
		 output
		      Explicitly choose the TV-Out output to be used  for  the
		      video signal.

       mmppeeggppeess ((DDVVBB oonnllyy))
	      Video  output  driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an
	      MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
		 card=<1-4>
		      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
		      one  DVB	output card (V3 API only, such as 1.x.y series
		      drivers).
		 <filename>
		      output filename (default: ./grab.mpg)

       zzrr ((aallssoo sseeee --zzrr** aanndd --zzrrhheellpp))
	      Video output driver  for	a  number  of  MJPEG  capture/playback
	      cards.

       zzrr22 ((aallssoo sseeee tthhee zzrrmmjjppeegg vviiddeeoo ffiilltteerr))
	      Video  output  driver  for  a  number  of MJPEG capture/playback
	      cards, second generation.
		 dev=<device>
		      Specifies the video device to use.
		 norm=<PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto>
		      Specifies the video norm to use (default: auto).
		 (no)prebuf
		      (De)Activate prebuffering, not yet supported.

       mmdd55ssuumm
	      Calculate MD5 sums of each frame and write them to a file.  Sup-
	      ports RGB24 and YV12 colorspaces.  Useful for debugging.
		 outfile=<value>
		      Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums).

       yyuuvv44mmppeegg
	      Transforms  the video stream into a sequence of uncompressed YUV
	      4:2:0 images and stores it in a  file  (default:	./stream.yuv).
	      The  format  is  the  same as the one employed by mjpegtools, so
	      this is useful if you want to process the video with the	mjpeg-
	      tools  suite.   It  supports  the YV12, RGB (24 bpp) and BGR (24
	      bpp) format.  You can combine it with the  -fixed-vo  option  to
	      concatenate files with the same dimensions and fps value.
		 interlaced
		      Write  the output as interlaced frames, top field first.
		 interlaced_bf
		      Write the output	as  interlaced	frames,  bottom  field
		      first.
		 file=<filename>
		      Write  the  output  to <filename> instead of the default
		      stream.yuv.

	      _N_O_T_E_: If you do not specify any option the output is progressive
	      (i.e. not interlaced).

       ggiiff8899aa
	      Output each frame into a single animated GIF file in the current
	      directory.  It supports only RGB format with 24 bpp and the out-
	      put is converted to 256 colors.
		 <fps>
		      Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0).
		 <filename>
		      Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif).

	      _N_O_T_E_:  You must specify the framerate before the filename or the
	      framerate will be part of the filename.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer video.nut -vo gif89a:fps=15.0:filename=test.gif

       jjppeegg
	      Output each frame into a JPEG file  in  the  current  directory.
	      Each  file  takes  the frame number padded with leading zeros as
	      name.
		 [no]progressive
		      Specify standard or progressive  JPEG  (default:	nopro-
		      gressive).
		 [no]baseline
		      Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline).
		 optimize=<0-100>
		      optimization factor (default: 100)
		 smooth=<0-100>
		      smooth factor (default: 0)
		 quality=<0-100>
		      quality factor (default: 75)
		 outdir=<dirname>
		      Specify  the  directory  to  save the JPEG files to (de-
		      fault: ./).
		 subdirs=<prefix>
		      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
		      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
		 maxfiles=<value>
		      Maximum  number  of  files to be saved per subdirectory.
		      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       ppnnmm
	      Output each frame into a PNM  file  in  the  current  directory.
	      Each  file  takes  the frame number padded with leading zeros as
	      name.  It supports PPM, PGM and PGMYUV files  in	both  raw  and
	      ASCII mode.  Also see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).
		 ppm
		      Write PPM files (default).
		 pgm
		      Write PGM files.
		 pgmyuv
		      Write  PGMYUV  files.   PGMYUV  is like PGM, but it also
		      contains the U and V plane, appended at  the  bottom  of
		      the picture.
		 raw
		      Write PNM files in raw mode (default).
		 ascii
		      Write PNM files in ASCII mode.
		 outdir=<dirname>
		      Specify the directory to save the PNM files to (default:
		      ./).
		 subdirs=<prefix>
		      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
		      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
		 maxfiles=<value>
		      Maximum  number  of  files to be saved per subdirectory.
		      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       ppnngg
	      Output each frame into a PNG  file  in  the  current  directory.
	      Each  file  takes  the frame number padded with leading zeros as
	      name.  24bpp RGB and BGR formats are supported.
		 z=<0-9>
		      Specifies the compression level.	0 is no compression, 9
		      is maximum compression.

       ttggaa
	      Output  each  frame  into a Targa file in the current directory.
	      Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
	      name.  The purpose of this video output driver is to have a sim-
	      ple lossless image writer to use without any  external  library.
	      It  supports  the  BGR[A]  color format, with 15, 24 and 32 bpp.
	      You can force a particular format with the format video  filter.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer video.nut -vf format=bgr15 -vo tga

DDEECCOODDIINNGG//FFIILLTTEERRIINNGG OOPPTTIIOONNSS
       --aacc <<[[--||++]]ccooddeecc11,,[[--||++]]ccooddeecc22,,......[[,,]]>>
	      Specify a priority list of audio codecs to be used, according to
	      their codec name in codecs.conf.	Use a  '-'  before  the  codec
	      name  to	omit it.  Use a '+' before the codec name to force it,
	      this will likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ','  MPlayer
	      will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
	      _N_O_T_E_: See -ac help for a full list of available codecs.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -ac mp3acm
		      Force the l3codeca.acm MP3 codec.
		 -ac mad,
		      Try libmad first, then fall back on others.
		 -ac hwac3,a52,
		      Try hardware AC3 passthrough, software AC3, then others.
		 -ac hwdts,
		      Try hardware DTS passthrough, then fall back on  others.
		 -ac -ffmp3,
		      Skip FFmpeg's MP3 decoder.

       --aaff--aaddvv <<ffoorrccee==((00--77))::lliisstt==((ffiilltteerrss))>> ((aallssoo sseeee --aaff))
	      Specify advanced audio filter options:

		 force=<0-7>
		      Forces the insertion of audio filters to one of the fol-
		      lowing:
			 0: Use completely automatic filter insertion.
			 1: Optimize for accuracy (default).
			 2: Optimize for speed.  _W_a_r_n_i_n_g_: Some features in the
			 audio filters may silently fail, and the sound quali-
			 ty may drop.
			 3: Use no automatic insertion of filters and no opti-
			 mization.   _W_a_r_n_i_n_g_:  It  may	be  possible  to crash
			 MPlayer using this setting.
			 4: Use automatic insertion of filters according to  0
			 above,  but use floating point processing when possi-
			 ble.
			 5: Use automatic insertion of filters according to  1
			 above,  but use floating point processing when possi-
			 ble.
			 6: Use automatic insertion of filters according to  2
			 above,  but use floating point processing when possi-
			 ble.
			 7: Use no automatic insertion of filters according to
			 3  above, and use floating point processing when pos-
			 sible.

		 list=<filters>
		      Same as -af.

       --aaffmm <<ddrriivveerr11,,ddrriivveerr22,,......>>
	      Specify a priority list of audio codec families to be used,  ac-
	      cording  to  their codec name in codecs.conf.  Falls back on the
	      default codecs if none of the given codec families work.
	      _N_O_T_E_: See -afm help for a full list of available codec families.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -afm ffmpeg
		      Try FFmpeg's libavcodec codecs first.
		 -afm acm,dshow
		      Try Win32 codecs first.

       --aassppeecctt <<rraattiioo>> ((aallssoo sseeee --zzoooomm))
	      Override	movie  aspect ratio, in case aspect information is in-
	      correct or missing in the file being played.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -aspect 4:3  or -aspect 1.3333
		 -aspect 16:9 or -aspect 1.7777

       --nnooaassppeecctt
	      Disable automatic movie aspect ratio compensation.

       --fflliipp
	      Flip image upside-down.

       --llaavvddooppttss <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>> ((DDEEBBUUGG CCOODDEE))
	      Specify libavcodec decoding parameters.  Separate  multiple  op-
	      tions with a colon.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -lavdopts gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref

	      Available options are:

		 bitexact
		      Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for
		      codec testing).

		 bug=<value>
		      Manually work around encoder bugs.
			 0: nothing
			 1: autodetect bugs (default)
			 2 (msmpeg4v3):  some  old  lavc  generated  msmpeg4v3
			 files (no autodetection)
			 4  (mpeg4):  XviD  interlacing  bug  (autodetected if
			 fourcc==XVIX)
			 8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)
			 16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected)
			 32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc)
			 64  (mpeg4): XviD and DivX qpel bug (autodetected per
			 fourcc/version)
			 128 (mpeg4):  old  standard  qpel  (autodetected  per
			 fourcc/version)
			 256 (mpeg4): another qpel bug (autodetected per four-
			 cc/version)
			 512 (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug  (autodetected
			 per fourcc/version)
			 1024  (mpeg4):  edge  padding	bug  (autodetected per
			 fourcc/version)

		 debug=<value>
		      Display debugging information.
			 0: disabled
			 1: picture info
			 2: rate control
			 4: bitstream
			 8: macroblock (MB) type
			 16: per-block quantization parameter (QP)
			 32: motion vector
			 0x0040: motion vector visualization (use -noslices)
			 0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip
			 0x0100: startcode
			 0x0200: PTS
			 0x0400: error resilience
			 0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264)
			 0x1000: bugs
			 0x2000: Visualize quantization parameter (QP),  lower
			 QP are tinted greener.
			 0x4000: Visualize block types.

		 ec=<value>
		      Set error concealment strategy.
			 1: Use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs.
			 2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow)
			 3: all (default)

		 er=<value>
		      Set error resilience strategy.
			 0: disabled
			 1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.)
			 2:  normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.)
			 3: aggressive (More checks, but might cause  problems
			 even for valid bitstreams.)
			 4: very aggressive

		 fast (MPEG-2 only)
		      Enable optimizations which do not comply to the specifi-
		      cation and might potentially cause problems,  like  sim-
		      pler dequantization, assuming use of the default quanti-
		      zation matrix, assuming YUV 4:2:0  and  skipping	a  few
		      checks to detect damaged bitstreams.

		 gray
		      grayscale only decoding (a bit faster than with color)

		 idct=<0-99> (see -lavcopts)
		      For  best  decoding  quality use the same IDCT algorithm
		      for decoding and encoding.  This may come at a price  in
		      accuracy, though.

		 lowres=<number>[,<w>]
		      Decode at lower resolutions.  Low resolution decoding is
		      not supported by all codecs, and it will often result in
		      ugly artifacts.  This is not a bug, but a side effect of
		      not decoding at full resolution.
			 0: disabled
			 1: 1/2 resolution
			 2: 1/4 resolution
			 3: 1/8 resolution
		      If <w> is specified lowres decoding will be used only if
		      the width of the video is major than or equal to <w>.

		 sb=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
		      Skip  the given number of macroblock rows at the bottom.

		 st=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
		      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top.

		 skiploopfilter=<skipvalue>
		      Skips the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264  de-
		      coding.  Since the filtered frame is supposed to be used
		      as reference for decoding dependent frames  this	has  a
		      worse  effect  on  quality  than not doing deblocking on
		      e.g. MPEG-2 video.  But at least for high  bitrate  HDTV
		      this  provides  a  big  speedup  with no visible quality
		      loss.

		      <skipvalue> can be either one of the following:
			 none: Never skip.
			 default: Skip useless processing steps (e.g.  0  size
			 packets in AVI).
			 nonref: Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not
			 used for decoding  other  frames,  the  error	cannot
			 "build up").
			 bidir: Skip B-Frames.
			 nonkey: Skip all frames except keyframes.
			 all: Skip all frames.

		 skipidct=<skipvalue>
		      Skips  the IDCT step.  This degrades quality a lot of in
		      almost all cases (see skiploopfilter for available  skip
		      values).

		 skipframe=<skipvalue>
		      Skips  decoding  of frames completely.  Big speedup, but
		      jerky motion and sometimes bad artifacts (see  skiploop-
		      filter for available skip values).

		 threads=<1-8>
		      number of threads to use for decoding (default: 1)

		 vismv=<value>
		      Visualize motion vectors.
			 0: disabled
			 1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames.
			 2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames.
			 4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames.

		 vstats
		      Prints   some   statistics  and  stores  them  in  ./vs-
		      tats_*.log.

       --nnoosslliicceess
	      Disable drawing video by 16-pixel height	slices/bands,  instead
	      draws the whole frame in a single run.  May be faster or slower,
	      depending on video card and available cache.  It has effect only
	      with libmpeg2 and libavcodec codecs.

       --nnoossoouunndd
	      Do not play/encode sound.  Useful for benchmarking.

       --nnoovviiddeeoo
	      Do not play/encode video.  In many cases this will not work, use
	      -vc null -vo null instead.

       --pppp <<qquuaalliittyy>> ((aallssoo sseeee --vvff pppp))
	      Set the DLL postprocess level.  This option is no longer	usable
	      with  -vf pp.  It only works with Win32 DirectShow DLLs with in-
	      ternal postprocessing routines.  The valid range of  -pp	values
	      varies  by  codec, it is mostly 0-6, where 0=disable, 6=slowest/
	      best.

       --pppphheellpp ((aallssoo sseeee --vvff pppp))
	      Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their
	      usage.

       --ssssff <<mmooddee>>
	      Specifies software scaler parameters.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -vf scale -ssf lgb=3.0
		 lgb=<0-100>
		      gaussian blur filter (luma)
		 cgb=<0-100>
		      gaussian blur filter (chroma)
		 ls=<-100-100>
		      sharpen filter (luma)
		 cs=<-100-100>
		      sharpen filter (chroma)
		 chs=<h>
		      chroma horizontal shifting
		 cvs=<v>
		      chroma vertical shifting

       --sstteerreeoo <<mmooddee>>
	      Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo output.
		 0    stereo
		 1    left channel
		 2    right channel

       --sswwss <<ssooffttwwaarree ssccaalleerr ttyyppee>> ((aallssoo sseeee --vvff ssccaallee aanndd --zzoooomm))
	      Specify  the software scaler algorithm to be used with the -zoom
	      option.  This affects video output drivers which	lack  hardware
	      acceleration, e.g. x11.

	      Available types are:

		 0    fast bilinear
		 1    bilinear
		 2    bicubic (good quality) (default)
		 3    experimental
		 4    nearest neighbor (bad quality)
		 5    area
		 6    luma bicubic / chroma bilinear
		 7    gauss
		 8    sincR
		 9    lanczos
		 10   natural bicubic spline

	      _N_O_T_E_:  Some  -sws  options  are tunable.	The description of the
	      scale video filter has further information.

       --vvcc <<[[--||++]]ccooddeecc11,,[[--||++]]ccooddeecc22,,......[[,,]]>>
	      Specify a priority list of video codecs to be used, according to
	      their  codec  name  in  codecs.conf.  Use a '-' before the codec
	      name to omit it.	Use a '+' before the codec name to  force  it,
	      this  will likely crash!	If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer
	      will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
	      _N_O_T_E_: See -vc help for a full list of available codecs.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -vc divx
		      Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no fallback.
		 -vc -divxds,-divx,
		      Skip Win32 DivX codecs.
		 -vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,
		      Try libavcodec's MPEG-1/2  codec,  then  libmpeg2,  then
		      others.

       --vvffmm <<ddrriivveerr11,,ddrriivveerr22,,......>>
	      Specify  a priority list of video codec families to be used, ac-
	      cording to their names in codecs.conf.  Falls back  on  the  de-
	      fault codecs if none of the given codec families work.
	      _N_O_T_E_: See -vfm help for a full list of available codec families.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw
		      Try the libavcodec, then Directshow, then VfW codecs and
		      fall back on others, if they do not work.
		 -vfm xanim
		      Try XAnim codecs first.

       --xx <<xx>> ((aallssoo sseeee --zzoooomm)) ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Scale image to width <x> (if software/hardware scaling is avail-
	      able).  Disables aspect calculations.

       --xxvviiddooppttss <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>>
	      Specify additional parameters when decoding with XviD.
	      _N_O_T_E_: Since libavcodec is faster than XviD you might want to use
	      the  libavcodec postprocessing filter (-vf pp) and decoder (-vfm
	      ffmpeg) instead.

	      XviD's internal postprocessing filters:
		 deblock-chroma
		      chroma deblock filter
		 deblock-luma
		      luma deblock filter
		 dering-luma
		      luma deringing filter
		 dering-chroma
		      chroma deringing filter
		 filmeffect
		      Adds artificial film grain to the video.	 May  increase
		      perceived quality, while lowering true quality.

	      rendering methods:
		 dr2
		      Activate direct rendering method 2.
		 nodr2
		      Deactivate direct rendering method 2.

       --xxyy <<vvaalluuee>> ((aallssoo sseeee --zzoooomm))
		 value<=8
		      Scale image by factor <value>.
		 value>8
		      Set  width to value and calculate height to keep correct
		      aspect ratio.

       --yy <<yy>> ((aallssoo sseeee --zzoooomm)) ((MMPPllaayyeerr oonnllyy))
	      Scale image to  height  <y>  (if	software/hardware  scaling  is
	      available).  Disables aspect calculations.

       --zzoooomm
	      Allow  software scaling, where available.  This will allow scal-
	      ing with output drivers (like x11, fbdev) that  do  not  support
	      hardware	scaling  where MPlayer disables scaling by default for
	      performance reasons.

AAUUDDIIOO FFIILLTTEERRSS
       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its  properties.
       The syntax is:

       --aaff <<ffiilltteerr11[[==ppaarraammeetteerr11::ppaarraammeetteerr22::......]],,ffiilltteerr22,,......>>
	      Setup a chain of audio filters.

       _N_O_T_E_: To get a full list of available audio filters, see -af help.

       Available filters are:

       rreessaammppllee[[==ssrraattee[[::ssllooppppyy[[::ttyyppee]]]]]]
	      Changes the sample rate of the audio stream.  Can be used if you
	      have a fixed frequency sound card or if you are  stuck  with  an
	      old sound card that is only capable of max 44.1kHz.  This filter
	      is automatically enabled if necessary.  It only supports	16-bit
	      integer and float in native-endian format as input.
	      _N_O_T_E_: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
		 <srate>
		      output sample frequency in Hz.  The valid range for this
		      parameter is 8000 to 192000.  If the  input  and	output
		      sample  frequency  are  the same or if this parameter is
		      omitted the filter is automatically  unloaded.   A  high
		      sample  frequency  normally  improves the audio quality,
		      especially when used in combination with other  filters.
		 <sloppy>
		      Allow (1) or disallow (0) the output frequency to differ
		      slightly from the frequency given by  <srate>  (default:
		      1).   Can  be used if the startup of the playback is ex-
		      tremely slow.
		 <type>
		      Selects which resampling method to use.
			 0: linear interpolation (fast, poor quality especial-
			 ly when upsampling)
			 1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing
			 2: polyphase filterbank and floating point processing
			 (slow, best quality)

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer -af resample=44100:0:0
		      would set the output frequency of the resample filter to
		      44100Hz  using exact output frequency scaling and linear
		      interpolation.

       llaavvccrreessaammppllee[[==ssrraattee[[::lleennggtthh[[::lliinneeaarr[[::ccoouunntt[[::ccuuttooffff]]]]]]]]]]
	      Changes the sample rate  of  the	audio  stream  to  an  integer
	      <srate>  in  Hz.	It only supports the 16-bit native-endian for-
	      mat.
	      _N_O_T_E_: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
		 <srate>
		      the output sample rate
		 <length>
		      length of the filter with respect to the lower  sampling
		      rate (default: 16)
		 <linear>
		      if  1 then filters will be linearly interpolated between
		      polyphase entries
		 <count>
		      log2 of the number of polyphase entries (...,  10->1024,
		      11->2048, 12->4096, ...)	(default: 10->1024)
		 <cutoff>
		      cutoff  frequency  (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon
		      filter length

       sswweeeepp[[==ssppeeeedd]]
	      Produces a sine sweep.
		 <0.0-1.0>
		      Sine function delta, use very low  values  to  hear  the
		      sweep.

       ssiinneessuupppprreessss[[==ffrreeqq::ddeeccaayy]]
	      Remove  a sine at the specified frequency.  Useful to get rid of
	      the 50/60Hz noise on low quality audio equipment.   It  probably
	      only works on mono input.
		 <freq>
		      The  frequency  of  the sine which should be removed (in
		      Hz) (default: 50)
		 <decay>
		      Controls the adaptivity (a larger value  will  make  the
		      filter  adapt  to amplitude and phase changes quicker, a
		      smaller value will make the adaptation slower) (default:
		      0.0001).	Reasonable values are around 0.001.

       hhrrttff[[==ffllaagg]]
	      Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2
	      channel output for headphones, preserving the spatiality of  the
	      sound.

	      Flag  Meaning
	      m     matrix decoding of the rear channel
	      s     2-channel matrix decoding
	      0     no matrix decoding (default)

       eeqquuaalliizzeerr==[[gg11::gg22::gg33::......::gg1100]]
	      10  octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band
	      pass filters.  This means that it works regardless of what  type
	      of  audio  is being played back.	The center frequencies for the
	      10 bands are:

	      No. frequency
	      0    31.25 Hz
	      1    62.50 Hz
	      2   125.00 Hz
	      3   250.00 Hz
	      4   500.00 Hz
	      5    1.00 kHz
	      6    2.00 kHz
	      7    4.00 kHz
	      8    8.00 kHz
	      9   16.00 kHz

	      If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower  than  the
	      center  frequency  for  a frequency band, then that band will be
	      disabled.  A known bug with this filter is that the characteris-
	      tics  for the uppermost band are not completely symmetric if the
	      sample rate is close to the center frequency of that band.  This
	      problem  can  be worked around by upsampling the sound using the
	      resample filter before it reaches this filter.
		 <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
		      floating point numbers representing the gain in  dB  for
		      each frequency band (-12-12)

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer -af equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
		      Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency
		      region while canceling it almost completely around 1kHz.

       cchhaannnneellss==nncchh[[::nnrr::ffrroomm11::ttoo11::ffrroomm22::ttoo22::ffrroomm33::ttoo33::......]]
	      Can  be  used  for  adding,  removing, routing and copying audio
	      channels.  If only <nch> is given the default routing  is  used,
	      it  works as follows: If the number of output channels is bigger
	      than the number of input channels empty  channels  are  inserted
	      (except mixing from mono to stereo, then the mono channel is re-
	      peated in both of the output channels).  If the number of output
	      channels	is  smaller  than the number of input channels the ex-
	      ceeding channels are truncated.
		 <nch>
		      number of output channels (1-6)
		 <nr>
		      number of routes (1-6)
		 <from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>
		      Pairs of numbers between 0 and 5 that  define  where  to
		      route each channel.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer -af channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi
		      Would  change  the  number of channels to 4 and set up 4
		      routes that swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave chan-
		      nel  2  and  3 intact.  Observe that if media containing
		      two channels was played back, channels  2  and  3  would
		      contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be swapped.
		 mplayer -af channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi
		      Would  change  the  number of channels to 6 and set up 4
		      routes that copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3.   Channel
		      4 and 5 will contain silence.

       ffoorrmmaatt[[==ffoorrmmaatt]] ((aallssoo sseeee --ffoorrmmaatt))
	      Convert between different sample formats.  Automatically enabled
	      when needed by the sound card or another filter.
		 <format>
		      Sets the desired format.	The  general  form  is	'sbe',
		      where 's' denotes the sign (either 's' for signed or 'u'
		      for unsigned), 'b' denotes the number of bits per sample
		      (16,  24	or  32)  and  'e' denotes the endianness ('le'
		      means little-endian, 'be' big-endian and 'ne' the  endi-
		      anness  of  the  computer MPlayer is running on).  Valid
		      values  (amongst	others)  are:  's16le',  'u32be'   and
		      'u24ne'.	 Exceptions  to  this rule that are also valid
		      format specifiers: u8, s8,  floatle,  floatbe,  floatne,
		      mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and imaadpcm.

       vvoolluummee[[==vv[[::sscc]]]]
	      Implements  software  volume control.  Use this filter with cau-
	      tion since it can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound.
	      In  most	cases it is best to set the level for the PCM sound to
	      max, leave this filter out and control the output level to  your
	      speakers	with  the master volume control of the mixer.  In case
	      your sound card has a digital PCM mixer  instead	of  an	analog
	      one,  and you hear distortion, use the MASTER mixer instead.  If
	      there is an external amplifier connected to the  computer  (this
	      is  almost always the case), the noise level can be minimized by
	      adjusting the master level and the volume knob on the  amplifier
	      until the hissing noise in the background is gone.
	      This  filter has a second feature: It measures the overall maxi-
	      mum sound level and prints out that level  when  MPlayer	exits.
	      This  volume estimate can be used for setting the sound level in
	      MEncoder such that the maximum dynamic range is utilized.
	      _N_O_T_E_: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be en-
	      abled once for every audio stream.
		 <v>
		      Sets  the  desired  gain	in  dB for all channels in the
		      stream from -200dB to  +60dB,  where  -200dB  mutes  the
		      sound  completely  and  +60dB equals a gain of 1000 (de-
		      fault: 0).
		 <sc>
		      Turns soft clipping on (1) or  off  (0).	 Soft-clipping
		      can  make the sound more smooth if very high volume lev-
		      els are used.  Enable this option if the	dynamic  range
		      of the loudspeakers is very low.
		      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_:	This  feature creates distortion and should be
		      considered a last resort.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer -af volume=10.1:0 media.avi
		      Would amplify the sound by 10.1dB and hard-clip  if  the
		      sound level is too high.

       ppaann==nn[[::LL0000::LL0011::LL0022::......LL1100::LL1111::LL1122::......LLnn00::LLnn11::LLnn22::......]]
	      Mixes channels arbitrarily.  Basically a combination of the vol-
	      ume and the channels filter that can be used  to	down-mix  many
	      channels	to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono or vary the "width"
	      of the center speaker in a surround sound system.   This	filter
	      is  hard	to use, and will require some tinkering before the de-
	      sired result is obtained.  The number of options for this filter
	      depends  on  the	number	of output channels.  An example how to
	      downmix a six-channel file to two channels with this filter  can
	      be found in the examples section near the end.
		 <n>
		      number of output channels (1-6)
		 <Lij>
		      How much of input channel i is mixed into output channel
		      j (0-1).	So in principle you first have n numbers  say-
		      ing what to do with the first input channel, then n num-
		      bers that act on the second input channel etc.   If  you
		      do not specify any numbers for some input channels, 0 is
		      assumed.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer -af pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi
		      Would down-mix from stereo to mono.
		 mplayer -af pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi
		      Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 in-
		      tact,  and  mix  channels  0 and 1 into output channel 2
		      (which could be sent to a subwoofer for example).

       ssuubb[[==ffcc::cchh]]
	      Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream.   The  audio  data
	      used  for  creating  the	subwoofer channel is an average of the
	      sound in channel 0 and channel 1.  The resulting sound  is  then
	      low-pass	filtered  by a 4th order Butterworth filter with a de-
	      fault cutoff frequency of 60Hz and added to a  separate  channel
	      in the audio stream.
	      _W_a_r_n_i_n_g_: Disable this filter when you are playing DVDs with Dol-
	      by Digital 5.1 sound, otherwise this  filter  will  disrupt  the
	      sound to the subwoofer.
		 <fc>
		      cutoff  frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20Hz to
		      300Hz) (default: 60Hz) For the best result  try  setting
		      the  cutoff frequency as low as possible.  This will im-
		      prove the stereo or surround sound experience.
		 <ch>
		      Determines the channel number in	which  to  insert  the
		      sub-channel  audio.  Channel number can be between 0 and
		      5 (default: 5).  Observe that  the  number  of  channels
		      will automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer -af sub=100:4 -channels 5 media.avi
		      Would  add  a sub-woofer channel with a cutoff frequency
		      of 100Hz to output channel 4.

       cceenntteerr
	      Creates a center channel from the front channels.  May currently
	      be  low  quality as it does not implement a high-pass filter for
	      proper extraction yet, but averages and halves the channels  in-
	      stead.
		 <ch>
		      Determines  the  channel	number	in which to insert the
		      center channel.  Channel number can be between 0	and  5
		      (default:  5).  Observe that the number of channels will
		      automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

       ssuurrrroouunndd[[==ddeellaayy]]
	      Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like  Dolby  Surround.
	      Many  files  with 2 channel audio actually contain matrixed sur-
	      round sound.  Requires a sound card supporting at least 4  chan-
	      nels.
		 <delay>
		      delay  time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000) (de-
		      fault: 20) This delay should be set as follows: If d1 is
		      the  distance  from  the listening position to the front
		      speakers and d2 is the distance from the listening posi-
		      tion  to the rear speakers, then the delay should be set
		      to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 > d2.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer -af surround=15 -channels 4 media.avi
		      Would add surround sound decoding with  15ms  delay  for
		      the sound to the rear speakers.

       ddeellaayy[[==cchh11::cchh22::......]]
	      Delays  the  sound  to the loudspeakers such that the sound from
	      the different channels arrives at the listening position	simul-
	      taneously.  It is only useful if you have more than 2 loudspeak-
	      ers.
		 ch1,ch2,...
		      The delay in ms that should be imposed on  each  channel
		      (floating point number between 0 and 1000).

	      To calculate the required delay for the different channels do as
	      follows:

	      1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters  in  rela-
		 tion  to your listening position, giving you the distances s1
		 to s5 (for a 5.1 system).  There is no point in  compensating
		 for  the subwoofer (you will not hear the difference anyway).

	      2. Subtract the distances s1 to s5 from  the  maximum  distance,
		 i.e. s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i = 1...5.

	      3. Calculate  the required delays in ms as d[i] = 1000*s[i]/342;
		 i = 1...5.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer -af delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi
		      Would delay front left and right by 10.5ms, the two rear
		      channels	and  the  sub by 0ms and the center channel by
		      7ms.

       eexxppoorrtt[[==mmmmaappppeedd__ffiillee[[::nnssaammpplleess]]]]
	      Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory map-
	      ping (mmap()).  Memory mapped areas contain a header:

	      int nch			   /*number of channels*/
	      int size			   /*buffer size*/
	      unsigned long long counter   /*Used to keep sync, updated every
					     time new data is exported.*/

	      The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.
		 <mmapped_file>
		      file  to map data to (default: ~/.mplayer/mplayer-af_ex-
		      port)
		 <nsamples>
		      number of samples per channel (default: 512)

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 mplayer -af export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024 media.avi
		      Would export 1024 samples per channel to	'/tmp/mplayer-
		      af_export'.

       eexxttrraasstteerreeoo[[==mmuull]]
	      (Linearly) increases the difference between left and right chan-
	      nels which adds some sort of "live" effect to playback.
		 <mul>
		      Sets the difference  coefficient	(default:  2.5).   0.0
		      means  mono  sound  (average of both channels), with 1.0
		      sound will be unchanged, with -1.0 left and right  chan-
		      nels will be swapped.

       vvoollnnoorrmm[[==mmeetthhoodd::ttaarrggeett]]
	      Maximizes the volume without distorting the sound.
		 <method>
		      Sets the used method.
			 1:  Use  a single sample to smooth the variations via
			 the standard weighted mean  over  past  samples  (de-
			 fault).
			 2:  Use  several samples to smooth the variations via
			 the standard weighted mean over past samples.

		 <target>
		      Sets the target amplitude as a fraction of  the  maximum
		      for the sample type (default: 0.25).

       llaaddssppaa==ffiillee::llaabbeell[[::ccoonnttrroollss......]]
	      Load  a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plug-
	      in.  This filter is reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins can be
	      used at once.
		 <file>
		      Specifies   the	LADSPA	 plugin   library   file.   If
		      LADSPA_PATH is set, it searches for the specified  file.
		      If  it  is  not  set,  you must supply a fully specified
		      pathname.
		 <label>
		      Specifies the filter within the library.	Some libraries
		      contain  only  one  filter,  but	others contain many of
		      them.  Entering 'help' here,  will  list	all  available
		      filters  within  the specified library, which eliminates
		      the use of 'listplugins' from the LADSPA SDK.
		 <controls>
		      Controls are zero or more floating point values that de-
		      termine  the  behavior of the loaded plugin (for example
		      delay, threshold or gain).  In verbose mode (add	-v  to
		      the  MPlayer  command  line), all available controls and
		      their valid ranges are printed.  This eliminates the use
		      of 'analyseplugin' from the LADSPA SDK.

       ccoommpp
	      Compressor/expander  filter  usable  for microphone input.  Pre-
	      vents artifacts on very loud sound and raises the volume on very
	      low sound.  This filter is untested, maybe even unusable.

       ggaattee
	      Noise gate filter similar to the comp audio filter.  This filter
	      is untested, maybe even unusable.

       kkaarraaookkee
	      Simple voice removal filter exploiting the fact  that  voice  is
	      usually  recorded  with  mono gear and later 'center' mixed onto
	      the final audio stream.  Beware that this filter will turn  your
	      signal into mono.  Works well for 2 channel tracks; do not both-
	      er trying it on anything but 2 channel stereo.

VVIIDDEEOO FFIILLTTEERRSS
       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its  properties.
       The syntax is:

       --vvff <<ffiilltteerr11[[==ppaarraammeetteerr11::ppaarraammeetteerr22::......]],,ffiilltteerr22,,......>>
	      Setup a chain of video filters.

       --vvoopp <<......,,ffiilltteerr22[[==ppaarraammeetteerr11::ppaarraammeetteerr22::......]],,ffiilltteerr11>> ((OOBBSSOOLLEETTEE))
	      Setup  a chain of video filters, to be applied in rreevveerrssee order.
	      Deprecated in favor of -vf.

       Many parameters are optional and set to default values if omitted.   To
       explicitly use a default value set a parameter to '-1'.	Parameters w:h
       means width x height in pixels, x:y means x;y position counted from the
       upper left corner of the bigger image.
       _N_O_T_E_: To get a full list of available video filters, see -vf help.

       Video filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage
       the filter list.

       --vvff--aadddd <<ffiilltteerr11[[,,ffiilltteerr22,,......]]>>
	      Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       --vvff--pprree <<ffiilltteerr11[[,,ffiilltteerr22,,......]]>>
	      Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       --vvff--ddeell <<iinnddeexx11[[,,iinnddeexx22,,......]]>>
	      Deletes the filters at the given indexes.  Index	numbers  start
	      at  0,  negative	numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the
	      last).

       --vvff--ccllrr
	      Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their  name.

       --vvff <<ffiilltteerr>>==hheellpp
	      Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a par-
	      ticular filter.

       --vvff <<ffiilltteerr==nnaammeedd__ppaarraammeetteerr11==vvaalluuee11[[::nnaammeedd__ppaarraammeetteerr22==vvaalluuee22::......]]>>
	      Sets a named parameter to the given value.  Use on  and  off  or
	      yes and no to set flag parameters.

       Available filters are:

       ccrroopp[[==ww::hh::xx::yy]]
	      Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest.	Useful
	      to remove black bands from widescreen movies.
		 <w>,<h>
		      Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and
		      height.
		 <x>,<y>
		      Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

       ccrrooppddeetteecctt[[==lliimmiitt::rroouunndd]]
	      Calculates  necessary  cropping parameters and prints the recom-
	      mended parameters to stdout.
		 <limit>
		      Threshold, which can be optionally specified from  noth-
		      ing (0) to everything (255) (default: 24).
		 <round>
		      Value which the width/height should be divisible by (de-
		      fault: 16).  The offset  is  automatically  adjusted  to
		      center  the  video.   Use  2 to get only even dimensions
		      (needed for 4:2:2 video).  16 is best when  encoding  to
		      most video codecs.

       rreeccttaannggllee[[==ww::hh::xx::yy]]
	      The  plugin responds to the input.conf directive 'change_rectan-
	      gle' that takes two parameters.
		 <w>,<h>
		      width and height (default: -1,  maximum  possible  width
		      where boundaries are still visible.)
		 <x>,<y>
		      top  left  corner position (default: -1, uppermost left-
		      most)

       eexxppaanndd[[==ww::hh::xx::yy::oo::aa::rr]]
	      Expands (not scales) movie resolution to	the  given  value  and
	      places  the  unscaled original at coordinates x, y.  Can be used
	      for placing subtitles/OSD in the resulting black bands.

		 <w>,<h>
		      Expanded width,height (default: original	width,height).
		      Negative	values	for  w and h are treated as offsets to
		      the original size.

		      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
			   expand=0:-50:0:0
				  Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of  the
				  picture.

		 <x>,<y>
		      position	of  original  image on the expanded image (de-
		      fault: center)

		 <o>
		      OSD/subtitle rendering
			 0: disable (default)
			 1: enable

		 <a>
		      Expands to fit an aspect instead of  a  resolution  (de-
		      fault: 0).

		      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
			   expand=800::::4/3
				  Expands  to  800x600,  unless  the source is
				  higher resolution, in which case it  expands
				  to fill a 4/3 aspect.

		 <r>
		      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
		      (default: 1).

       fflliipp ((aallssoo sseeee --fflliipp))
	      Flips the image upside down.

       mmiirrrroorr
	      Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

       rroottaattee[[==<<00--77>>]]
	      Rotates the image by 90 degrees and optionally  flips  it.   For
	      values  between  4-7 rotation is only done if the movie geometry
	      is portrait and not landscape.

		 0    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).

		 1    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.

		 2    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.

		 3    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.

       ssccaallee[[==ww::hh[[::iillaacceedd[[::cchhrr__ddrroopp[[::ppaarr[[::ppaarr22[[::pprreessiizzee[[::nnoouupp[[::aarrnndd]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]
	      Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs  a
	      YUV<->RGB colorspace conversion (also see -sws).

		 <w>,<h>
		      scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
		      _N_O_T_E_:  If -zoom is used, and underlying filters (includ-
		      ing libvo) are incapable	of  scaling,  it  defaults  to
		      d_width/d_height!
			  0:   scaled d_width/d_height
			 -1:   original width/height
			 -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 prescaled aspect ratio.
			 -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 original aspect ratio.
			 -(n+8):  Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to
			 the closest multiple of 16.

		 <ilaced>
		      Toggle interlaced scaling.
			 0: off (default)
			 1: on

		 <chr_drop>
		      chroma skipping
			 0: Use all available input lines for chroma.
			 1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
			 2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
			 3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

		 <par>[:<par2>] (also see -sws)
		      Set some scaling parameters depending  on  the  type  of
		      scaler selected with -sws.
			 -sws 2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
			 0.00:0.60 default
			 0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
			 0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
			 0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
			 1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
			 -sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
			 -sws 9 (lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

		 <presize>
		      Scale to preset sizes.
			 qntsc:   352x240 (NTSC quarter screen)
			 qpal:	  352x288 (PAL quarter screen)
			 ntsc:	  720x480 (standard NTSC)
			 pal:	  720x576 (standard PAL)
			 sntsc:   640x480 (square pixel NTSC)
			 spal:	  768x576 (square pixel PAL)

		 <noup>
		      Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
			 0: Allow upscaling (default).
			 1: Disallow upscaling if one  dimension  exceeds  its
			 original value.
			 2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their
			 original values.

		 <arnd>
		      Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may  be
		      faster or slower than the default rounding.
			 0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
			 1: Enable accurate rounding.

       ddssiizzee[[==aassppeecctt||ww::hh::aassppeecctt--mmeetthhoodd::rr]]
	      Changes  the  intended display size/aspect at an arbitrary point
	      in the filter chain.  Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or
	      floating	point  number  (1.33).	Alternatively, you may specify
	      the exact display width and height desired.  Note that this fil-
	      ter  does  nnoott do any scaling itself; it just affects what later
	      scalers (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to cor-
	      rect aspect.

		 <w>,<h>
		      New display width and height.  Can also be these special
		      values:
			  0:   original display width and height
			 -1:   original video width and height (default)
			 -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 original display aspect ratio.
			 -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 original video aspect ratio.

		 _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
			   dsize=800:-2
				  Specifies a display  resolution  of  800x600
				  for  a  4/3  aspect  video, or 800x450 for a
				  16/9 aspect video.
		 <aspect-method>
		      Modifies width and height according to  original	aspect
		      ratios.
			 -1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
			  0: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
			 maximum resolution.
			  1: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
			 minimum resolution.
			  2:  Keep  video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
			 maximum resolution.
			  3: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and  <h>  as
			 minimum resolution.

		 _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
			   dsize=800:600:0
				  Specifies  a	display  resolution of at most
				  800x600, or smaller, in order  to  keep  as-
				  pect.

		 <r>
		      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
		      (default: 1).

       yyuuyy22
	      Forces software YV12/I420/422P to YUY2 conversion.   Useful  for
	      video cards/drivers with slow YV12 but fast YUY2 support.

       yyvvuu99
	      Forces  software YVU9 to YV12 colorspace conversion.  Deprecated
	      in favor of the software scaler.

       yyuuvvccsspp
	      Clamps YUV color values to the CCIR 601 range without doing real
	      conversion.

       rrggbb22bbggrr[[==sswwaapp]]
	      RGB 24/32 <-> BGR 24/32 colorspace conversion.
		 swap
		      Also perform  R <-> B swapping.

       ppaalleettttee
	      RGB/BGR 8 -> 15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion using palette.

       ffoorrmmaatt[[==ffoouurrcccc]]
	      Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without  doing  any
	      conversion.   Use together with the scale filter for a real con-
	      version.
	      _N_O_T_E_: For a list of available formats see format=fmt=help.
		 <fourcc>
		      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2)

       nnooffoorrmmaatt[[==ffoouurrcccc]]
	      Restricts  the  colorspace for the next filter without doing any
	      conversion.  Unlike the format filter, this will allow any  col-
	      orspace eexxcceepptt the one you specify.
	      _N_O_T_E_: For a list of available formats see noformat=fmt=help.
		 <fourcc>
		      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12)

       pppp[[==ffiilltteerr11[[::ooppttiioonn11[[::ooppttiioonn22......]]]]//[[--]]ffiilltteerr22......]] ((aallssoo sseeee --pppphheellpp))
	      Enables the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters.   Sub-
	      filters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepend-
	      ing a '-'.  Each subfilter and some options have a short	and  a
	      long  name  that can be used interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are
	      the same.  All subfilters  share	common	options  to  determine
	      their scope:
		 a/autoq
		      Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too
		      slow.
		 c/chrom
		      Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
		 y/nochrom
		      Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
		 n/noluma
		      Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

	      _N_O_T_E_: -pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.

	      Available subfilters are

		 hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      horizontal deblocking filter
			 <difference>: Difference factor where	higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 32).
			 <flatness>:  Flatness	threshold  where  lower values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 39).

		 vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      vertical deblocking filter
			 <difference>: Difference factor where	higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 32).
			 <flatness>:  Flatness	threshold  where  lower values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 39).

		 ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      accurate horizontal deblocking filter
			 <difference>: Difference factor where	higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 32).
			 <flatness>:  Flatness	threshold  where  lower values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 39).

		 va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      accurate vertical deblocking filter
			 <difference>: Difference factor where	higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 32).
			 <flatness>:  Flatness	threshold  where  lower values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 39).

		 The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the dif-
		 ference and flatness values so you cannot set different hori-
		 zontal and vertical thresholds.


		 h1/x1hdeblock
		      experimental horizontal deblocking filter

		 v1/x1vdeblock
		      experimental vertical deblocking filter

		 dr/dering
		      deringing filter

		 tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]
		      temporal noise reducer
			 <threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
			 <threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
			 <threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering

		 al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]
		      automatic brightness / contrast correction
			 f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).

		 lb/linblenddeint
		      Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces  the
		      given  block  by filtering all lines with a (1 2 1) fil-
		      ter.

		 li/linipoldeint
		      Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that  deinter-
		      laces  the  given  block by linearly interpolating every
		      second line.

		 ci/cubicipoldeint
		      Cubic interpolating  deinterlacing  filter  deinterlaces
		      the  given block by cubically interpolating every second
		      line.

		 md/mediandeint
		      Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the  given
		      block  by applying a median filter to every second line.

		 fd/ffmpegdeint
		      FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the  given
		      block  by  filtering  every second line with a (-1 4 2 4
		      -1) filter.

		 l5/lowpass5
		      Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that
		      deinterlaces the given block by filtering all lines with
		      a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.

		 fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]
		      Overrides the quantizer table from the  input  with  the
		      constant quantizer you specify.
			 <quantizer>: quantizer to use

		 de/default
		      default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)

		 fa/fast
		      fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)

		 ac
		      high	 quality       pp      filter	   combination
		      (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al
		      horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and  auto-
		      matic brightness/contrast
		 -vf pp=de/-al
		      default filters without brightness/contrast correction
		 -vf pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3
		      Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
		 -vf pp=hb:y/vb:a
		      Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch ver-
		      tical deblocking on or off  automatically  depending  on
		      available CPU time.

       sspppp[[==qquuaalliittyy[[::qqpp[[::mmooddee]]]]]]
	      Simple  postprocessing  filter  that compresses and decompresses
	      the image at several (or - in the case of quality level 6 - all)
	      shifts and averages the results.

		 <quality>
		      0-6 (default: 3)

		 <qp>
		      Force  quantization  parameter  (default: 0, use QP from
		      video).

		 <mode>
		      0: hard thresholding (default)
		      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
		      4: like 0, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)
		      5: like 1, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)

       uusspppp[[==qquuaalliittyy[[::qqpp]]]]
	      Ultra simple & slow postprocessing filter  that  compresses  and
	      decompresses  the  image at several (or - in the case of quality
	      level 8 - all) shifts and averages the results.	The  way  this
	      differs from the behavior of spp is that uspp actually encodes &
	      decodes each case with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp uses a  sim-
	      plified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.

		 <quality>
		      0-8 (default: 3)

		 <qp>
		      Force  quantization  parameter  (default: 0, use QP from
		      video).

       ffsspppp[[==qquuaalliittyy[[::qqpp[[::ssttrreennggtthh[[::bbffrraammeess]]]]]]]]
	      faster version of the simple postprocessing filter

		 <quality>
		      4-5 (equivalent to spp; default: 4)

		 <qp>
		      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,  use  QP  from
		      video).

		 <-15-32>
		      Filter strength, lower values mean more details but also
		      more artifacts,  while  higher  values  make  the  image
		      smoother	but also blurrier (default: 0 - PSNR optimal).

		 <bframes>
		      0: do not use QP from B-frames (default)
		      1: use QP from B-frames too (may cause flicker)

       pppp77[[==qqpp[[::mmooddee]]]]
	      Variant of the spp filter, similar to spp=6  with  7  point  DCT
	      where only the center sample is used after IDCT.

		 <qp> Force  quantization  parameter  (default: 0, use QP from
		      video).

		 <mode>
		      0: hard thresholding
		      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
		      2: medium thresholding (default, good results)

       qqpp==eeqquuaattiioonn
	      quantization parameter (QP) change filter

		 <equation>
		      some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)"

       tteesstt
	      Generate various test patterns.

       rrggbbtteesstt
	      Generate an RGB test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR is-
	      sues.   You  should see a red, green and blue stripe from top to
	      bottom.

       llaavvcc[[==qquuaalliittyy::ffppss]]
	      Fast software YV12 to MPEG-1 conversion with libavcodec for  use
	      with DVB/DXR3/IVTV.  Faster and of better quality than -vf fame.

		 <quality>
			 1-31: fixed qscale
			 32-:  fixed bitrate in kbits

		 <fps>
		      force output fps (float value) (default:	0,  autodetect
		      based on height)

       ffaammee
	      Fast  software  YV12  to	MPEG-1 conversion with libfame for use
	      with DVB/DXR3/IVTV.

       ddvvbbssccaallee[[==aassppeecctt]]
	      Set up optimal scaling for DVB cards,  scaling  the  x  axis  in
	      hardware	and calculating the y axis scaling in software to keep
	      aspect.  Only useful together with expand and scale.

		 <aspect>
		      Control aspect ratio, calculate as  DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRA-
		      TIO  (default:  576*4/3=768),  set it to 576*(16/9)=1024
		      for a 16:9 TV.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc
		      FIXME: Explain what this does.

       nnooiissee[[==lluummaa[[uu]][[tt||aa]][[hh]][[pp]]::cchhrroommaa[[uu]][[tt||aa]][[hh]][[pp]]]]
	      Adds noise.
		 <0-100>
		      luma noise
		 <0-100>
		      chroma noise
		 u    uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
		 t    temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
		 a    averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
		 h    high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
		 p    mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

       ddeennooiissee33dd[[==lluummaa::cchhrroommaa::ttiimmee]]
	      This filter aims to reduce image noise producing	smooth	images
	      and  making  still images really still (This should enhance com-
	      pressibility.).
		 <luma>
		      spatial luma strength (default: 4)
		 <chroma>
		      spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
		 <time>
		      temporal strength (default: 6)

       hhqqddnn33dd[[==lluummaa::cchhrroommaa::ttiimmee]]
	      High precision/quality version of the denoise3d filter.  Parame-
	      ters and usage are the same.

       eeqq[[==bbrriigghhttnneessss::ccoonnttrraasstt]] ((OOBBSSOOLLEETTEE))
	      Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the hard-
	      ware equalizer, for cards/drivers that do not support brightness
	      and  contrast  controls  in hardware.  Might also be useful with
	      MEncoder, either for  fixing  poorly  captured  movies,  or  for
	      slightly	reducing  contrast  to	mask artifacts and get by with
	      lower bitrates.
		 <-100-100>
		      initial brightness
		 <-100-100>
		      initial contrast

       eeqq22[[==ggaammmmaa::ccoonnttrraasstt::bbrriigghhttnneessss::ssaattuurraattiioonn::rrgg::gggg::bbgg::wweeiigghhtt]]
	      Alternative software equalizer that  uses  lookup  tables  (very
	      slow),  allowing	gamma correction in addition to simple bright-
	      ness and contrast adjustment.  Note that it uses	the  same  MMX
	      optimized  code  as -vf eq if all gamma values are 1.0.  The pa-
	      rameters are given as floating point values.
		 <0.1-10>
		      initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
		 <-2-2>
		      initial contrast, where negative values result in a neg-
		      ative image (default: 1.0)
		 <-1-1>
		      initial brightness (default: 0.0)
		 <0-3>
		      initial saturation (default: 1.0)
		 <0.1-10>
		      gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
		 <0.1-10>
		      gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
		 <0.1-10>
		      gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
		 <0-1>
		      The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of
		      a high gamma value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them
		      from getting overamplified and just plain white.	A val-
		      ue of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all	the  way  down
		      while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).

       hhuuee[[==hhuuee::ssaattuurraattiioonn]]
	      Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the hard-
	      ware  equalizer,	for  cards/drivers that do not support hue and
	      saturation controls in hardware.
		 <-180-180>
		      initial hue (default: 0.0)
		 <-100-100>
		      initial saturation, where negative values  result  in  a
		      negative chroma (default: 1.0)

       hhaallffppaacckk[[==ff]]
	      Convert  planar  YUV 4:2:0 to half-height packed 4:2:2, downsam-
	      pling luma but keeping all chroma samples.  Useful for output to
	      low-resolution display devices when hardware downscaling is poor
	      quality or is not available.  Can also be used  as  a  primitive
	      luma-only deinterlacer with very low CPU usage.
		 <f>
		      By  default, halfpack averages pairs of lines when down-
		      sampling.  Any value different from 0 or 1 gives the de-
		      fault (averaging) behavior.
			 0: Only use even lines when downsampling.
			 1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.

       iillppaacckk[[==mmooddee]]
	      When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma in-
	      terlacing does not line up properly due to vertical downsampling
	      of the chroma channels.  This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data
	      into YUY2 (4:2:2) format with the chroma lines in  their	proper
	      locations,  so  that  in any given scanline, the luma and chroma
	      data both come from the same field.
		 <mode>
		      Select the sampling mode.
			 0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
			 1: linear interpolation (default)

       hhaarrdddduupp
	      Only useful with MEncoder.  If harddup is used when encoding, it
	      will  force  duplicate frames to be encoded in the output.  This
	      uses slightly more space, but is necessary for  output  to  MPEG
	      files  or  if you plan to demux and remux the video stream after
	      encoding.  Should be placed at or near the  end  of  the	filter
	      chain unless you have a good reason to do otherwise.

       ssooffttsskkiipp
	      Only  useful  with  MEncoder.  Softskip moves the frame skipping
	      (dropping) step of encoding from before the filter chain to some
	      point  during  the filter chain.	This allows filters which need
	      to see all frames (inverse telecine, temporal  denoising,  etc.)
	      to  function properly.  Should be placed after the filters which
	      need to see all frames and before any  subsequent  filters  that
	      are CPU-intensive.

       ddeecciimmaattee[[==mmaaxx::hhii::lloo::ffrraacc]]
	      Drops  frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame
	      in order to reduce framerate.  The main use of  this  filter  is
	      for  very-low-bitrate  encoding  (e.g. streaming over dialup mo-
	      dem), but it could in theory be used for fixing movies that were
	      inverse-telecined incorrectly.
		 <max>
		      Sets  the maximum number of consecutive frames which can
		      be dropped (if positive), or the	minimum  interval  be-
		      tween dropped frames (if negative).
		 <hi>,<lo>,<frac>
		      A  frame	is  a  candidate for dropping if no 8x8 region
		      differs by more than a threshold of  <hi>,  and  if  not
		      more  than  <frac>  portion  (1 meaning the whole image)
		      differs by more than a threshold	of  <lo>.   Values  of
		      <hi> and <lo> are for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent ac-
		      tual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64  cor-
		      responds	to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the
		      same spread out differently over the block.

       ddiinntt[[==sseennssee::lleevveell]]
	      The drop-deinterlace (dint) filter detects and drops  the  first
	      from a set of interlaced video frames.
		 <0.0-1.0>
		      relative difference between neighboring pixels (default:
		      0.1)
		 <0.0-1.0>
		      What part of the image has to be detected as  interlaced
		      to drop the frame (default: 0.15).

       llaavvccddeeiinntt ((OOBBSSOOLLEETTEE))
	      FFmpeg deinterlacing filter, same as -vf pp=fd

       kkeerrnnddeeiinntt[[==tthhrreesshh[[::mmaapp[[::oorrddeerr[[::sshhaarrpp[[::ttwwoowwaayy]]]]]]]]]]
	      Donald Graft's adaptive kernel deinterlacer.  Deinterlaces parts
	      of a video if a configurable threshold is exceeded.
		 <0-255>
		      threshold (default: 10)
		 <map>
			 0: Ignore pixels exceeding the threshold (default).
			 1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.

		 <order>
			 0: Leave fields alone (default).
			 1: Swap fields.

		 <sharp>
			 0: Disable additional sharpening (default).
			 1: Enable additional sharpening.

		 <twoway>
			 0: Disable twoway sharpening (default).
			 1: Enable twoway sharpening.

       uunnsshhaarrpp[[==ll||ccWWxxHH::aammoouunntt[[::ll||ccWWxxHH::aammoouunntt]]]]
	      unsharp mask / gaussian blur

		 l
		      Apply effect on luma component.

		 c
		      Apply effect on chroma components.

		 <width>x<height>
		      width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both direc-
		      tions  (min  =  3x3, max = 13x11 or 11x13, usually some-
		      thing between 3x3 and 7x7)

		 amount
		      Relative amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a
		      sane range should be -1.5-1.5).
			 <0: blur
			 >0: sharpen

       sswwaappuuvv
	      Swap U & V plane.

       iill[[==dd||ii]][[ss]][[::[[dd||ii]][[ss]]]]
	      (De)interleaves  lines.	The  goal of this filter is to add the
	      ability to process interlaced images pre-field without  deinter-
	      lacing  them.  You can filter your interlaced DVD and play it on
	      a TV without  breaking  the  interlacing.   While  deinterlacing
	      (with the postprocessing filter) removes interlacing permanently
	      (by smoothing, averaging, etc) deinterleaving splits  the  frame
	      into  2  fields  (so  called  half pictures), so you can process
	      (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.
		 d    deinterleave (placing one above the other)
		 i    interleave
		 s    swap fields (exchange even & odd lines)

       ffiill[[==ii||dd]]
	      (De)interleaves lines.  This filter is very similar  to  the  il
	      filter  but  much  faster, the main disadvantage is that it does
	      not always work.	Especially if combined with other  filters  it
	      may  produce  randomly messed up images, so be happy if it works
	      but do not complain if it does not for your combination of  fil-
	      ters.
		 d    Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side.
		 i    Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of fil=d).

       ffiieelldd[[==nn]]
	      Extracts a single field from an interlaced  image  using	stride
	      arithmetic  to  avoid wasting CPU time.  The optional argument n
	      specifies whether to extract the even or the odd field  (depend-
	      ing on whether n is even or odd).

       ddeettcc[[==vvaarr11==vvaalluuee11::vvaarr22==vvaalluuee22::......]]
	      Attempts	to  reverse the 'telecine' process to recover a clean,
	      non-interlaced stream at film framerate.	This was the first and
	      most  primitive  inverse telecine filter to be added to MPlayer/
	      MEncoder.  It works by latching onto the	telecine  3:2  pattern
	      and  following  it  as long as possible.	This makes it suitable
	      for perfectly-telecined material, even in the presence of a fair
	      degree  of  noise,  but  it will fail in the presence of complex
	      post-telecine edits.  Development on this filter	is  no	longer
	      taking  place, as ivtc, pullup, and filmdint are better for most
	      applications.  The following arguments (see syntax above) may be
	      used to control detc's behavior:

		 <dr>
		      Set the frame dropping mode.
			 0:  Do not drop frames to maintain fixed output fram-
			 erate (default).
			 1: Always drop a frame when there have been no  drops
			 or telecine merges in the past 5 frames.
			 2:  Always  maintain  exact 5:4 input to output frame
			 ratio.
			 _N_O_T_E_: Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder.

		 <am>
		      Analysis mode.
			 0: Fixed pattern with initial frame number  specified
			 by <fr>.
			 1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)

		 <fr>
		      Set initial frame number in sequence.  0-2 are the three
		      clean progressive frames; 3 and 4 are the two interlaced
		      frames.	The  default,  -1,  means 'not in telecine se-
		      quence'.	The number specified here is the type for  the
		      imaginary previous frame before the movie starts.

		 <t0>, <t1>, <t2>, <t3>
		      Threshold values to be used in certain modes.

       iivvttcc[[==11]]
	      Experimental  'stateless'  inverse telecine filter.  Rather than
	      trying to lock on to a pattern like the detc filter  does,  ivtc
	      makes  its  decisions  independently  for each frame.  This will
	      give much better results for material that has  undergone  heavy
	      editing after telecine was applied, but as a result it is not as
	      forgiving of noisy input, for example TV capture.  The  optional
	      parameter  (ivtc=1)  corresponds to the dr=1 option for the detc
	      filter, and should be used with MEncoder but not	with  MPlayer.
	      As  with	detc,  you  must  specify the correct output framerate
	      (-ofps 24000/1001) when using MEncoder.  Further development  on
	      ivtc  has  stopped, as the pullup and filmdint filters appear to
	      be much more accurate.

       ppuulllluupp[[==jjll::jjrr::jjtt::jjbb::ssbb::mmpp]]
	      Third-generation pulldown reversal  (inverse  telecine)  filter,
	      capable of handling mixed hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progres-
	      sive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive content.  The pullup filter
	      is  designed to be much more robust than detc or ivtc, by taking
	      advantage of future context in making its decisions.  Like ivtc,
	      pullup  is  stateless  in the sense that it does not lock onto a
	      pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following
	      fields  in  order  to  identify  matches and rebuild progressive
	      frames.  It is still under development, but believed to be quite
	      accurate.   The  jl,  jr,  jt,  and jb options set the amount of
	      "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and bottom of the  im-
	      age,  respectively.   Left/right are in units of 8 pixels, while
	      top/bottom are in units of 2 lines.  The default is 8 pixels  on
	      each  side.  Setting the sb (strict breaks) option to 1 will re-
	      duce the chances of pullup generating an	occasional  mismatched
	      frame, but it may also cause an excessive number of frames to be
	      dropped during high motion sequences.  Conversely, setting it to
	      -1  will	make  pullup  match fields more easily.  This may help
	      processing of video where there is slight blurring  between  the
	      fields,  but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in the
	      output.  The mp (metric plane) option may be set to 1  or  2  to
	      use  a chroma plane instead of the luma plane for doing pullup's
	      computations.  This may improve accuracy on  very  clean	source
	      material,  but more likely will decrease accuracy, especially if
	      there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any  grayscale	video.
	      The  main  purpose  of setting mp to a chroma plane is to reduce
	      CPU load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
	      _N_O_T_E_: Always follow pullup with the softskip filter when	encod-
	      ing to ensure that pullup is able to see each frame.  Failure to
	      do so will lead to incorrect output and will usually crash,  due
	      to design limitations in the codec/filter layer.

       ffiillmmddiinntt[[==ooppttiioonnss]]
	      Inverse telecine filter, similar to the pullup filter above.  It
	      is designed to handle any pulldown pattern, including mixed soft
	      and hard telecine and limited support for movies that are slowed
	      down or sped up from their original framerate for TV.  Only  the
	      luma  plane is used to find the frame breaks.  If a field has no
	      match, it is deinterlaced with simple linear approximation.   If
	      the source is MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow ac-
	      cess to the field-flags set by the MPEG-2 decoder.  Depending on
	      the  source  MPEG, you may be fine ignoring this advice, as long
	      as you do not see lots of "Bottom-first field"  warnings.   With
	      no  options  it does normal inverse telecine, and should be used
	      together with mencoder -fps 30000/1001 -ofps  24000/1001.   When
	      this  filter  is	used with mplayer, it will result in an uneven
	      framerate during playback, but it is still generally better than
	      using pp=lb or no deinterlacing at all.  Multiple options can be
	      specified separated by /.

		 crop=<w>:<h>:<x>:<y>
		      Just like the crop filter,  but  faster,	and  works  on
		      mixed  hard and soft telecined content as well as when y
		      is not a multiple of 4.  If x or y would	require  crop-
		      ping  fractional pixels from the chroma planes, the crop
		      area is extended.  This usually means that x and y  must
		      be even.

		 io=<ifps>:<ofps>
		      For  each  ifps input frames the filter will output ofps
		      frames.	The  ratio  of	ifps/ofps  should  match   the
		      -fps/-ofps  ratio.   This could be used to filter movies
		      that are broadcast on TV at a frame rate different  from
		      their original framerate.

		 luma_only=<n>
		      If  n  is nonzero, the chroma plane is copied unchanged.
		      This is useful for YV12 sampled TV, which  discards  one
		      of the chroma fields.

		 mmx2=<n>
		      On  x86,	if  n=1, use MMX2 optimized functions, if n=2,
		      use 3DNow!  optimized functions, otherwise, use plain C.
		      If this option is not specified, MMX2 and 3DNow! are au-
		      to-detected, use this option to override auto-detection.

		 fast=<n>
		      The  larger n will speed up the filter at the expense of
		      accuracy.  The default value is n=3.  If	n  is  odd,  a
		      frame  immediately following a frame marked with the RE-
		      PEAT_FIRST_FIELD MPEG flag is assumed to be progressive,
		      thus  filter  will  not spend any time on soft-telecined
		      MPEG-2 content.  This is the only effect of this flag if
		      MMX2 or 3DNow! is available.  Without MMX2 and 3DNow, if
		      n=0 or 1, the same calculations will be used as with n=2
		      or  3.   If  n=2 or 3, the number of luma levels used to
		      find the frame breaks is reduced from 256 to 128,  which
		      results in a faster filter without losing much accuracy.
		      If n=4 or 5, a faster, but  much	less  accurate	metric
		      will  be	used  to  find the frame breaks, which is more
		      likely to misdetect high vertical detail	as  interlaced
		      content.

		 verbose=<n>
		      If  n  is  nonzero,  print the detailed metrics for each
		      frame.  Useful for debugging.

		 dint_thres=<n>
		      Deinterlace threshold.  Used  during  de-interlacing  of
		      unmatched  frames.   Larger value means less deinterlac-
		      ing, use n=256 to  completely  turn  off	deinterlacing.
		      Default is n=8.

		 comb_thres=<n>
		      Threshold  for  comparing  a top and bottom fields.  De-
		      faults to 128.

		 diff_thres=<n>
		      Threshold to detect temporal change of a field.  Default
		      is 128.

		 sad_thres=<n>
		      Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64.

       ssooffttppuullllddoowwnn
	      This  filter  works  only  correct with MEncoder and acts on the
	      MPEG-2 flags used for soft 3:2 pulldown (soft telecine).	If you
	      want  to	use  the ivtc or detc filter on movies that are partly
	      soft telecined, inserting this filter before  them  should  make
	      them more reliable.

       ddiivvttcc[[==ooppttiioonnss]]
	      Inverse	telecine  for  deinterlaced  video.   If  3:2-pulldown
	      telecined video has lost one of the fields  or  is  deinterlaced
	      using  a method that keeps one field and interpolates the other,
	      the result is a juddering video that has every fourth frame  du-
	      plicated.  This filter is intended to find and drop those dupli-
	      cates and restore the original film framerate.  When using  this
	      filter, you must specify -ofps that is 4/5 of the fps of the in-
	      put file and place the softskip later in	the  filter  chain  to
	      make  sure  that divtc sees all the frames.  Two different modes
	      are available: One pass mode is the default and is  straightfor-
	      ward  to	use,  but has the disadvantage that any changes in the
	      telecine phase (lost frames or bad edits) cause momentary judder
	      until the filter can resync again.  Two pass mode avoids this by
	      analyzing the whole video beforehand so  it  will  have  forward
	      knowledge  about	the  phase changes and can resync at the exact
	      spot.  These passes do nnoott correspond to pass one and two of the
	      encoding	process.   You must run an extra pass using divtc pass
	      one before the actual  encoding  throwing  the  resulting  video
	      away.   Use  -nosound -ovc raw -o /dev/null to avoid wasting CPU
	      power for this pass.  You may add  something  like  crop=2:2:0:0
	      after  divtc  to speed things up even more.  Then use divtc pass
	      two for the actual encoding.  If you use multiple encoder  pass-
	      es, use divtc pass two for all of them.  The options are:

		 pass=1|2
		      Use two pass mode.

		 file=<filename>
		      Set   the  two  pass  log  filename  (default:  "framed-
		      iff.log").

		 threshold=<value>
		      Set the minimum strength the telecine pattern must  have
		      for the filter to believe in it (default: 0.5).  This is
		      used to avoid recognizing false pattern from  the  parts
		      of the video that are very dark or very still.

		 window=<numframes>
		      Set  the number of past frames to look at when searching
		      for pattern (default: 30).  Longer window  improves  the
		      reliability  of  the  pattern search, but shorter window
		      improves	the  reaction  time  to  the  changes  in  the
		      telecine	phase.	 This  only affects the one pass mode.
		      The two pass mode currently uses fixed window  that  ex-
		      tends to both future and past.

		 phase=0|1|2|3|4
		      Sets  the  initial telecine phase for one pass mode (de-
		      fault: 0).  The two pass mode can see the future, so  it
		      is able to use the correct phase from the beginning, but
		      one pass mode can only guess.  It  catches  the  correct
		      phase  when  it finds it, but this option can be used to
		      fix the possible juddering at the beginning.  The  first
		      pass of the two pass mode also uses this, so if you save
		      the output from the first pass, you get  constant  phase
		      result.

		 deghost=<value>
		      Set  the	deghosting threshold (0-255 for one pass mode,
		      -255-255 for two pass mode,  default  0).   If  nonzero,
		      deghosting  mode	is  used.   This is for video that has
		      been deinterlaced by blending the  fields  together  in-
		      stead  of dropping one of the fields.  Deghosting ampli-
		      fies any compression artifacts in the blended frames, so
		      the  parameter  value  is used as a threshold to exclude
		      those pixels from deghosting that differ from the previ-
		      ous  frame  less than specified value.  If two pass mode
		      is used, then negative value can be  used  to  make  the
		      filter  analyze  the  whole  video  in  the beginning of
		      pass-2 to determine whether it needs deghosting  or  not
		      and then select either zero or the absolute value of the
		      parameter.  Specify this option for pass-2, it makes  no
		      difference on pass-1.

       pphhaassee[[==tt||bb||pp||aa||uu||TT||BB||AA||UU]][[::vv]]
	      Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order
	      changes.	The intended use is to fix PAL movies that  have  been
	      captured	with  the  opposite  field  order to the film-to-video
	      transfer.  The options are:

		 t    Capture field order  top-first,  transfer  bottom-first.
		      Filter will delay the bottom field.

		 b    Capture  bottom-first,  transfer top-first.  Filter will
		      delay the top field.

		 p    Capture and transfer with the same  field  order.   This
		      mode  only exists for the documentation of the other op-
		      tions to refer to, but if you actually  select  it,  the
		      filter will faithfully do nothing ;-)

		 a    Capture  field  order  determined automatically by field
		      flags, transfer opposite.  Filter selects among t and  b
		      modes  on  a frame by frame basis using field flags.  If
		      no field information is available, then this works  just
		      like u.

		 u    Capture  unknown	or varying, transfer opposite.	Filter
		      selects among t and b on a frame by frame basis by  ana-
		      lyzing  the  images  and	selecting the alternative that
		      produces best match between the fields.

		 T    Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.	Filter
		      selects among t and p using image analysis.

		 B    Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Fil-
		      ter selects among b and p using image analysis.

		 A    Capture determined by field flags, transfer  unknown  or
		      varying.	 Filter  selects  among t, b and p using field
		      flags and image analysis.  If no	field  information  is
		      available, then this works just like U.  This is the de-
		      fault mode.

		 U    Both capture and transfer unknown  or  varying.	Filter
		      selects among t, b and p using image analysis only.

		 v    Verbose  operation.   Prints  the selected mode for each
		      frame and the average squared difference between	fields
		      for t, b, and p alternatives.

       tteelleecciinnee[[==ssttaarrtt]]
	      Apply 3:2 'telecine' process to increase framerate by 20%.  This
	      most likely will not work correctly with MPlayer, but it can  be
	      used   with  'mencoder  -fps  30000/1001	-ofps  30000/1001  -vf
	      telecine'.  Both fps options  are  essential!   (A/V  sync  will
	      break  if  they  are wrong.)  The optional start parameter tells
	      the filter where in the telecine pattern to start (0-3).

       ttiinntteerrllaaccee[[==mmooddee]]
	      Temporal field interlacing - merge pairs of frames into  an  in-
	      terlaced	frame,	halving  the framerate.  Even frames are moved
	      into the upper field, odd frames to the lower field.   This  can
	      be  used	to  fully reverse the effect of the tfields filter (in
	      mode 0).	Available modes are:
		 0    Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the low-
		      er field, generating a full-height frame at half framer-
		      ate.
		 1    Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped;	height
		      unchanged.
		 2    Only  output even frames, odd frames are dropped; height
		      unchanged.
		 3    Expand each frame to  full  height,  but	pad  alternate
		      lines with black; framerate unchanged.
		 4    Interleave  even	lines  from even frames with odd lines
		      from odd frames.	Generates full-height  frame  at  half
		      framerate.

       ttffiieellddss[[==mmooddee[[::ffiieelldd__ddoommiinnaannccee]]]]
	      Temporal	field  separation - split fields into frames, doubling
	      the output framerate.  Like the telecine	filter,  tfields  will
	      only work properly with MEncoder, and only if both -fps and -of-
	      ps are set to the desired (double) framerate!
		 <mode>
		      0: Leave fields unchanged (will jump/flicker).
		      1: Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used  might
		      not be so good.)
		      2:  Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with linear interpola-
		      tion (no jump).
		      4: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with 4tap filter (high-
		      er quality) (default).
		 <field_dominance>
		      -1: auto (default) Only works if the decoder exports the
		      appropriate information and no other filters which  dis-
		      card  that information come before tfields in the filter
		      chain, otherwise it falls back to 0 (top field first).
		      0: top field first
		      1: bottom field first

       yyaaddiiff==[[mmooddee[[::ffiieelldd__ddoommiinnaannccee]]]]
	      Yet another deinterlacing filter
		 <mode>
		      0: Output 1 frame for each frame.
		      1: Output 1 frame for each field.
		      2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check.
		      3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.
		 <field_dominance>
		      Operates like tfields.

       mmccddeeiinntt==[[mmooddee[[::ppaarriittyy[[::qqpp]]]]]]
	      Motion compensating deinterlacer.  It needs one field per  frame
	      as  input  and  must  thus  be  used  together with tfields=1 or
	      yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
		 <mode>
		      0: fast
		      1: medium
		      2: slow, iterative motion estimation
		      3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames
		 <parity>
		      0 or 1 selects which field to use (note:	no  autodetec-
		      tion yet!).
		 <qp>
		      Higher  values should result in a smoother motion vector
		      field but less optimal individual vectors.

       bbooxxbblluurr==rraaddiiuuss::ppoowweerr[[::rraaddiiuuss::ppoowweerr]]
	      box blur
		 <radius>
		      blur filter strength
		 <power>
		      number of filter applications

       ssaabb==rraaddiiuuss::ppff::ccoolloorrDDiiffff[[::rraaddiiuuss::ppff::ccoolloorrDDiiffff]]
	      shape adaptive blur
		 <radius>
		      blur filter strength (~0.1-4.0) (slower if larger)
		 <pf>
		      prefilter strength (~0.1-2.0)
		 <colorDiff>
		      maximum difference between pixels to still be considered
		      (~0.1-100.0)

       ssmmaarrttbblluurr==rraaddiiuuss::ssttrreennggtthh::tthhrreesshhoolldd[[::rraaddiiuuss::ssttrreennggtthh::tthhrreesshhoolldd]]
	      smart blur
		 <radius>
		      blur filter strength (~0.1-5.0) (slower if larger)
		 <strength>
		      blur (0.0-1.0) or sharpen (-1.0-0.0)
		 <threshold>
		      filter all (0), filter flat areas (0-30) or filter edges
		      (-30-0)

       ppeerrssppeeccttiivvee==xx00::yy00::xx11::yy11::xx22::yy22::xx33::yy33::tt
	      Correct the perspective of movies not  filmed  perpendicular  to
	      the screen.
		 <x0>,<y0>,...
		      coordinates  of  the  top  left, top right, bottom left,
		      bottom right corners
		 <t>
		      linear (0) or cubic resampling (1)

       22xxssaaii
	      Scale and smooth the image with the 2x scale and interpolate al-
	      gorithm.

       11bbpppp
	      1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR 8/15/16/32 conversion

       ddoowwnn33ddrriigghhtt[[==lliinneess]]
	      Reposition and resize stereoscopic images.  Extracts both stereo
	      fields and places them side by side, resizing them  to  maintain
	      the original movie aspect.
		 <lines>
		      number  of  lines to select from the middle of the image
		      (default: 12)

       bbmmoovvll==hhiiddddeenn::ooppaaqquuee::ffiiffoo
	      The bitmap overlay filter reads bitmaps from a FIFO and displays
	      them  on	top of the movie, allowing some transformations on the
	      image.  Also see TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for a small bmovl test  pro-
	      gram.
		 <hidden>
		      Set  the	default value of the 'hidden' flag (0=visible,
		      1=hidden).
		 <opaque>
		      Set the default value of the 'opaque' flag  (0=transpar-
		      ent, 1=opaque).
		 <fifo>
		      path/filename   for  the	FIFO  (named  pipe  connecting
		      'mplayer -vf bmovl' to the controlling application)

	      FIFO commands are:
		 RGBA32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.
		 ABGR32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.
		 RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data.
		 BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data.
		 ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha
		      Change alpha transparency of the specified area.
		 CLEAR width height xpos ypos
		      Clear area.
		 OPAQUE
		      Disable all alpha transparency.  Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0  0"
		      to enable it again.
		 HIDE
		      Hide bitmap.
		 SHOW
		      Show bitmap.

	      Arguments are:
		 <width>, <height>
		      image/area size
		 <xpos>, <ypos>
		      Start blitting at position x/y.
		 <alpha>
		      Set  alpha  difference.  If you set this to -255 you can
		      then send a sequence of ALPHA-commands to set  the  area
		      to -225, -200, -175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;)
			 0:    same as original
			 255:  Make everything opaque.
			 -255: Make everything transparent.

		 <clear>
		      Clear the framebuffer before blitting.
			 0:  The  image will just be blitted on top of the old
			 one, so you do not need to send 1.8MB of RGBA32  data
			 every time a small part of the screen is updated.
			 1: clear

       ffrraammeesstteepp==II||[[ii]]sstteepp
	      Renders only every nth frame or every intra frame (keyframe).

	      If you call the filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then
	      oonnllyy keyframes are rendered.  For DVDs it generally means one in
	      every  15/12  frames  (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB),	for AVI it means every
	      scene change or every keyint value (see -lavcopts keyint=  value
	      if you use MEncoder to encode the video).

	      When  a  keyframe is found, an 'I!' string followed by a newline
	      character is printed, leaving the current line  of  MPlayer/MEn-
	      coder  output  on  the  screen, because it contains the time (in
	      seconds) and frame number of the keyframe (You can use this  in-
	      formation to split the AVI.).

	      If you call the filter with a numeric parameter 'step' then only
	      one in every 'step' frames is rendered.

	      If you put an 'i' (lowercase) before the number then an 'I!'  is
	      printed (like the I parameter).

	      If  you give only the i then nothing is done to the frames, only
	      I! is printed.

       ttiillee==xxttiilleess::yyttiilleess::oouuttppuutt::ssttaarrtt::ddeellttaa
	      Tile a series of images into a single,  bigger  image.   If  you
	      omit  a  parameter  or use a value less than 0, then the default
	      value is used.  You can also stop when you  are  satisfied  (...
	      -vf tile=10:5 ...).  It is probably a good idea to put the scale
	      filter before the tile :-)

	      The parameters are:

		 <xtiles>
		      number of tiles on the x axis (default: 5)
		 <ytiles>
		      number of tiles on the y axis (default: 5)
		 <output>
		      Render the tile  when  'output'  number  of  frames  are
		      reached,	where  'output'  should  be a number less than
		      xtile * ytile.   Missing	tiles  are  left  blank.   You
		      could,  for example, write an 8 * 7 tile every 50 frames
		      to have one image every 2 seconds @ 25 fps.
		 <start>
		      outer border thickness in pixels (default: 2)
		 <delta>
		      inner border thickness in pixels (default: 4)

       ddeellooggoo[[==xx::yy::ww::hh::tt]]
	      Suppresses a TV station logo by a simple	interpolation  of  the
	      surrounding  pixels.  Just set a rectangle covering the logo and
	      watch it disappear (and sometimes something even uglier appear -
	      your mileage may vary).
		 <x>,<y>
		      top left corner of the logo
		 <w>,<h>
		      width and height of the cleared rectangle
		 <t>  Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w
		      and h).  When set to -1, a green rectangle is  drawn  on
		      the screen to simplify finding the right x,y,w,h parame-
		      ters.

       rreemmoovvee--llooggoo==//ppaatthh//ttoo//llooggoo__bbiittmmaapp__ffiillee__nnaammee..ppggmm
	      Suppresses a TV station logo, using a PGM or PPM image  file  to
	      determine  which pixels comprise the logo.  The width and height
	      of the image file must match those of  the  video  stream  being
	      processed.   Uses the filter image and a circular blur algorithm
	      to remove the logo.

		 /path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
		      [path] + filename of the filter image.

       zzrrmmjjppeegg[[==ooppttiioonnss]]
	      Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video output
	      device.

		 maxheight=<h>|maxwidth=<w>
		      These  options  set  the maximum width and height the zr
		      card can handle (the MPlayer filter layer currently can-
		      not query those).

		 {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}
		      Use these options to set maxwidth and maxheight automat-
		      ically to the values known for card/mode combo.  For ex-
		      ample,  valid  options  are:  dc10-PAL and buz-NTSC (de-
		      fault: dc10+PAL)

		 color|bw
		      Select color or black and  white	encoding.   Black  and
		      white encoding is faster.  Color is the default.

		 hdec={1,2,4}
		      Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4.

		 vdec={1,2,4}
		      Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4.

		 quality=1-20
		      Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD].

		 fd|nofd
		      By  default,  decimation	is only performed if the Zoran
		      hardware can upscale the resulting MJPEG images  to  the
		      original	size.	The  option fd instructs the filter to
		      always perform the requested decimation (ugly).

       ssccrreeeennsshhoott
	      Allows acquiring screenshots of the movie using slave mode  com-
	      mands that can be bound to keypresses.  See the slave mode docu-
	      mentation and  the  INTERACTIVE  CONTROL	section  for  details.
	      Files named 'shotNNNN.png' will be saved in the working directo-
	      ry, using the first available number - no files  will  be  over-
	      written.	 The  filter has no overhead when not used and accepts
	      an arbitrary colorspace, so it is safe to add it to the configu-
	      ration file.

       aassss
	      Moves  SSA/ASS  subtitle	rendering to an arbitrary point in the
	      filter chain.  Only useful with the -ass option.

       bbllaacckkffrraammee[[==aammoouunntt::tthhrreesshhoolldd]]
	      Detect frames that are (almost) completely black.  Can be useful
	      to detect chapter transitions or commercials.  Output lines con-
	      sist of the frame number of the detected frame,  the  percentage
	      of  blackness,  the  frame type and the frame number of the last
	      encountered keyframe.

		 <amount>
		      Percentage of the pixels	that  have  to	be  below  the
		      threshold (default: 98).

		 <threshold>
		      Threshold  below which a pixel value is considered black
		      (default: 32).

GGEENNEERRAALL EENNCCOODDIINNGG OOPPTTIIOONNSS ((MMEENNCCOODDEERR OONNLLYY))
       --aauuddiioo--ddeellaayy <<aannyy ffllooaattiinngg--ppooiinntt nnuummbbeerr>>
	      Delays either audio or video by setting a  delay	field  in  the
	      header  (default: 0.0).  This does not delay either stream while
	      encoding, but the player will see the delay field and compensate
	      accordingly.  Positive values delay the audio, and negative val-
	      ues delay the video.  Note that this is the  exact  opposite  of
	      the -delay option.  For example, if a video plays correctly with
	      -delay 0.2, you can fix the video with MEncoder by using -audio-
	      delay -0.2.

	      Currently,  this	option	only works with the default muxer (-of
	      avi).  If you are using a different muxer,  then	you  must  use
	      -delay instead.

       --aauuddiioo--ddeennssiittyy <<11--5500>>
	      Number  of  audio  chunks per second (default is 2 for 0.5s long
	      audio chunks).
	      _N_O_T_E_: CBR only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet in a new
	      chunk.

       --aauuddiioo--pprreellooaadd <<00..00--22..00>>
	      Sets up the audio buffering time interval (default: 0.5s).

       --ffaaffmmttttaagg <<ffoorrmmaatt>>
	      Can be used to override the audio format tag of the output file.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -fafmttag 0x55
		      Will have the output file contain 0x55  (mp3)  as  audio
		      format tag.

       --ffffoouurrcccc <<ffoouurrcccc>>
	      Can be used to override the video fourcc of the output file.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -ffourcc div3
		      Will  have the output file contain 'div3' as video four-
		      cc.

       --ffoorrccee--aavvii--aassppeecctt <<00..22--33..00>>
	      Override the aspect stored in the AVI OpenDML vprp header.  This
	      can be used to change the aspect ratio with '-ovc copy'.

       --ffrraammeennoo--ffiillee <<ffiilleennaammee>> ((DDEEPPRREECCAATTEEDD))
	      Specify  the  name  of  the audio file with framenumber mappings
	      created in the first (audio only) pass of a special  three  pass
	      encoding mode.
	      _N_O_T_E_:  Using this mode will most likely give you A-V desync.  Do
	      not use it.  It is kept for  backwards  compatibility  only  and
	      will possibly be removed in a future version.

       --hhrr--eeddll--sseeeekk
	      Use  a  more precise, but much slower method for skipping areas.
	      Areas marked for skipping  are  not  seeked  over,  instead  all
	      frames  are  decoded, but only the necessary frames are encoded.
	      This allows starting at non-keyframe boundaries.
	      _N_O_T_E_: Not guaranteed to work right with '-ovc copy'.

       --iinnffoo <<ooppttiioonn11::ooppttiioonn22::......>> ((AAVVII oonnllyy))
	      Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file.

	      Available options are:

		 help
		      Show this description.

		 name=<value>
		      title of the work

		 artist=<value>
		      artist or author of the work

		 genre=<value>
		      original work category

		 subject=<value>
		      contents of the work

		 copyright=<value>
		      copyright information

		 srcform=<value>
		      original format of the digitized material

		 comment=<value>
		      general comments about the work

       --nnooaauuttooeexxppaanndd
	      Do not automatically insert the expand filter into the  MEncoder
	      filter  chain.   Useful  to control at which point of the filter
	      chain subtitles are rendered when hardcoding  subtitles  onto  a
	      movie.

       --nnooeennccooddeedduuppss
	      Do  not  attempt to encode duplicate frames in duplicate; always
	      output  zero-byte  frames  to  indicate  duplicates.   Zero-byte
	      frames will be written anyway unless a filter or encoder capable
	      of doing duplicate encoding is loaded.  Currently the only  such
	      filter is harddup.

       --nnooooddmmll ((--ooff aavvii oonnllyy))
	      Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB.

       --nnoosskkiipp
	      Do not skip frames.

       --oo <<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Outputs to the given filename.
	      If  you  want a default output filename, you can put this option
	      in the MEncoder config file.

       --ooaacc <<ccooddeecc nnaammee>>
	      Encode with the given audio codec (no default set).
	      _N_O_T_E_: Use -oac help to get a list of available audio codecs.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -oac copy
		      no encoding, just streamcopy
		 -oac pcm
		      Encode to uncompressed PCM.
		 -oac mp3lame
		      Encode to MP3 (using LAME).
		 -oac lavc
		      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       --ooff <<ffoorrmmaatt>> ((BBEETTAA CCOODDEE!!))
	      Encode to the specified container format (default: AVI).
	      _N_O_T_E_: Use -of help to get a list of available container formats.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -of avi
		      Encode to AVI.
		 -of mpeg
		      Encode to MPEG (also see -mpegopts).
		 -of lavf
		      Encode with libavformat muxers (also see -lavfopts).
		 -of rawvideo
		      raw video stream (no muxing - one video stream only)
		 -of rawaudio
		      raw audio stream (no muxing - one audio stream only)

       --ooffppss <<ffppss>>
	      Specify  a  frames  per  second (fps) value for the output file,
	      which can be different from that of the source  material.   Must
	      be  set  for  variable  fps  (ASF,  some	MOV)  and  progressive
	      (30000/1001 fps telecined MPEG) files.

       --oovvcc <<ccooddeecc nnaammee>>
	      Encode with the given video codec (no default set).
	      _N_O_T_E_: Use -ovc help to get a list of available video codecs.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 -ovc copy
		      no encoding, just streamcopy
		 -ovc raw
		      Encode to an arbitrary  uncompressed  format  (use  '-vf
		      format' to select).
		 -ovc lavc
		      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       --ppaassssllooggffiillee <<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Dump first pass information to <filename> instead of the default
	      divx2pass.log in two pass encoding mode.

       --sskkiipplliimmiitt <<vvaalluuee>>
	      Specify the maximum number of frames that may be	skipped  after
	      encoding one frame (-noskiplimit for unlimited).

       --vvoobbssuubboouutt <<bbaasseennaammee>>
	      Specify  the  basename for the output .idx and .sub files.  This
	      turns off subtitle rendering in the encoded movie and diverts it
	      to VOBsub subtitle files.

       --vvoobbssuubboouuttiidd <<llaannggiidd>>
	      Specify  the  language  two letter code for the subtitles.  This
	      overrides what is read from the DVD or the .ifo file.

       --vvoobbssuubboouuttiinnddeexx <<iinnddeexx>>
	      Specify the index of the subtitles in the output files (default:
	      0).

CCOODDEECC SSPPEECCIIFFIICC EENNCCOODDIINNGG OOPPTTIIOONNSS ((MMEENNCCOODDEERR OONNLLYY))
       You  can specify codec specific encoding parameters using the following
       syntax:

       --<<ccooddeecc>>ooppttss <<ooppttiioonn11[[==vvaalluuee]],,ooppttiioonn22,,......>>

       Where <codec> may be: lavc, xvidenc, lame, toolame, twolame, nuv, xvfw,
       faac, x264enc, mpeg, lavf.

   llaammee ((--llaammeeooppttss))
       hheellpp
	      get help

       vvbbrr==<<00--44>>
	      variable bitrate method
		 0    cbr
		 1    mt
		 2    rh (default)
		 3    abr
		 4    mtrh

       aabbrr
	      average bitrate

       ccbbrr
	      constant bitrate Also forces CBR mode encoding on subsequent ABR
	      presets modes.

       bbrr==<<00--11002244>>
	      bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only)

       qq==<<00--99>>
	      quality (0 - highest, 9 - lowest) (VBR only)

       aaqq==<<00--99>>
	      algorithmic quality (0 - best/slowest, 9 - worst/fastest)

       rraattiioo==<<11--110000>>
	      compression ratio

       vvooll==<<00--1100>>
	      audio input gain

       mmooddee==<<00--33>>
	      (default: auto)
		 0    stereo
		 1    joint-stereo
		 2    dualchannel
		 3    mono

       ppaaddddiinngg==<<00--22>>
		 0    none
		 1    all
		 2    adjust

       ffaasstt
	      Switch on faster encoding on subsequent VBR presets modes.  This
	      results in slightly lower quality and higher bitrates.

       hhiigghhppaassssffrreeqq==<<ffrreeqq>>
	      Set a highpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies below the
	      specified one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable  fil-
	      tering,  a value of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.

       lloowwppaassssffrreeqq==<<ffrreeqq>>
	      Set a lowpass filtering frequency in Hz.	Frequencies above  the
	      specified  one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable fil-
	      tering, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values	automatically.

       pprreesseett==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      preset values

		 help
		      Print  additional  options and information about presets
		      settings.

		 medium
		      VBR encoding, good quality, 150-180 kbps bitrate range

		 standard
		      VBR encoding, high quality, 170-210 kbps bitrate range

		 extreme
		      VBR encoding, very high quality,	200-240  kbps  bitrate
		      range

		 insane
		      CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320 kbps bitrate

		 <8-320>
		      ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_S_:
		 fast:preset=standard
		      suitable	for  most  people and most music types and al-
		      ready quite high quality
		 cbr:preset=192
		      Encode with ABR presets at a 192	kbps  forced  constant
		      bitrate.
		 preset=172
		      Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate.
		 preset=extreme
		      for  people  with  extremely  good  hearing  and similar
		      equipment

   ttoooollaammee aanndd ttwwoollaammee ((--ttoooollaammeeooppttss aanndd --ttwwoollaammeeooppttss rreessppeeccttiivveellyy))
       bbrr==<<3322--338844>>
	      In CBR mode this parameter indicates the bitrate in  kbps,  when
	      in  VBR  mode  it is the minimum bitrate allowed per frame.  VBR
	      mode will not work with a value below 112.

       vvbbrr==<<--5500--5500>> ((VVBBRR oonnllyy))
	      variability range; if negative the encoder  shifts  the  average
	      bitrate towards the lower limit, if positive towards the higher.
	      When set to 0 CBR is used (default).

       mmaaxxvvbbrr==<<3322--338844>> ((VVBBRR oonnllyy))
	      maximum bitrate allowed per frame, in kbps

       mmooddee==<<sstteerreeoo || jjsstteerreeoo || mmoonnoo || dduuaall>>
	      (default: mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise)

       ppssyy==<<--11--44>>
	      psychoacoustic model (default: 2)

       eerrrrpprroott==<<00 || 11>>
	      Include error protection.

       ddeebbuugg==<<00--1100>>
	      debug level

   ffaaaacc ((--ffaaaaccooppttss))
       bbrr==<<bbiittrraattee>>
	      average bitrate in kbps (mutually exclusive with quality)

       qquuaalliittyy==<<11--11000000>>
	      quality mode, the higher the better (mutually exclusive with br)

       oobbjjeecctt==<<11--44>>
	      object type complexity
		 1    MAIN (default)
		 2    LOW
		 3    SSR
		 4    LTP (extremely slow)

       mmppeegg==<<22||44>>
	      MPEG version (default: 4)

       ttnnss
	      Enables temporal noise shaping.

       ccuuttooffff==<<00--ssaammpplliinngg__rraattee//22>>
	      cutoff frequency (default: sampling_rate/2)

       rraaww
	      Stores  the  bitstream as raw payload with extradata in the con-
	      tainer header (default: 0, corresponds to  ADTS).   Do  not  set
	      this  flag if not explicitly required or you will not be able to
	      remux the audio stream later on.

   llaavvcc ((--llaavvccooppttss))
       Many libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely documented.   Read
       the source for full details.

       _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250

       aaccooddeecc==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      audio codec (default: mp2)
		 mp2
		      MPEG Layer 2
		 mp3
		      MPEG Layer 3
		 ac3
		      AC3
		 adpcm_ima_wav
		      IMA Adaptive PCM (4bits per sample, 4:1 compression)
		 sonic
		      Experimental lossy/lossless codec

       aabbiittrraattee==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224)

       aattaagg==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      Use the specified Windows audio format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).

       bbiitt__eexxaacctt
	      Use  only  bit  exact  algorithms (except (I)DCT).  Additionally
	      bit_exact disables several optimizations and thus should only be
	      used  for  regression  tests,  which need binary identical files
	      even if the encoder version changes.  This also  suppresses  the
	      user_data  header in MPEG-4 streams.  Do not use this option un-
	      less you know exactly what you are doing.

       tthhrreeaaddss==<<11--88>>
	      Maximum number of threads to  use  (default:  1).   May  have  a
	      slight negative effect on motion estimation.

       vvccooddeecc==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4).
		 mjpeg
		      Motion JPEG
		 ljpeg
		      Lossless JPEG
		 h261
		      H.261
		 h263
		      H.263
		 h263p
		      H.263+
		 mpeg4
		      MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)
		 msmpeg4
		      DivX 3
		 msmpeg4v2
		      MS MPEG4v2
		 wmv1
		      Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7)
		 wmv2
		      Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8)
		 rv10
		      an old RealVideo codec
		 mpeg1video
		      MPEG-1 video
		 mpeg2video
		      MPEG-2 video
		 huffyuv
		      HuffYUV
		 ffvhuff
		      nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV using YV12
		 asv1
		      ASUS Video v1
		 asv2
		      ASUS Video v2
		 ffv1 (also see: vstrict)
		      FFmpeg's lossless video codec
		 flv
		      Sorenson H.263 used in Flash Video
		 dvvideo
		      Sony Digital Video
		 svq1
		      Apple Sorenson Video 1
		 snow (also see: vstrict)
		      FFmpeg's experimental wavelet-based codec

       vvqqmmiinn==<<11--3311>>
	      minimum quantizer (pass 1/2)

		 1    Not  recommended	(much larger file, little quality dif-
		      ference and weird side effects: msmpeg4,	h263  will  be
		      very low quality, ratecontrol will be confused resulting
		      in lower quality and some decoders will not be  able  to
		      decode it).

		 2    Recommended  for	normal	mpeg4/mpeg1video encoding (de-
		      fault).

		 3    Recommended for h263(p)/msmpeg4.	The reason for prefer-
		      ring  3 over 2 is that 2 could lead to overflows.  (This
		      will be fixed for h263(p) by changing the quantizer  per
		      MB in the future, msmpeg4 cannot be fixed as it does not
		      support that.)

       llmmiinn==<<00..0011--225555..00>>
	      Minimum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol, you	probably  want
	      it to be equal to or lower than vqmin (default: 2.0).

       llmmaaxx==<<00..0011--225555..00>>
	      maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0)

       vvqqssccaallee==<<00--3311>>
	      Constant	quantizer  / constant  quality encoding (selects fixed
	      quantizer mode).	A lower value means better quality but	larger
	      files  (default: 0).  In case of snow codec, value 0 means loss-
	      less encoding.  Since the other codecs do not support this, vqs-
	      cale=0  will  be ignored and variable quantizers are used, which
	      is the default.  1 is not recommended (see vqmin for details).

       vvqqmmaaxx==<<11--3311>>
	      Maximum quantizer (pass 1/2), 10-31 should be a sane range  (de-
	      fault: 31).

       mmbbqqmmiinn==<<11--3311>>
	      obsolete, use vqmin

       mmbbqqmmaaxx==<<11--3311>>
	      obsolete, use vqmax

       vvqqddiiffff==<<11--3311>>
	      maximum  quantizer difference between consecutive I- or P-frames
	      (pass 1/2) (default: 3)

       vvmmaaxx__bb__ffrraammeess==<<00--44>>
	      maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames:
		 0    no B-frames (default)
		 0-2  sane range for MPEG-4

       vvmmee==<<00--55>>
	      motion estimation method.  Available methods are:
		 0    none (very low quality)
		 1    full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)
		 2    log (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
		 3    phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
		 4    EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia
		      options (default)
		 5    X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS)
		 8    iter (iterative overlapped block, only used in snow)

	      _N_O_T_E_: 0-3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, so quality
	      may be low.

       mmee__rraannggee==<<00--99999999>>
	      motion estimation search range (default: 0 (unlimited))

       mmbbdd==<<00--22>>
	      Macroblock  decision  algorithm (high quality mode), encode each
	      macro block in all modes and choose the best.  This is slow  but
	      results in better quality and file size.
		 0    Use mbcmp (default).
		 1    Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits (=vhq).
		 2    Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion.

       vvhhqq
	      Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons.

       vv44mmvv
	      Allow 4 motion vectors per macroblock (slightly better quality).
	      Works better if used with mbd>0.

       oobbmmcc
	      overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+)

       lloooopp
	      loop filter (H.263+) note, this is broken

       iinntteerr__tthhrreesshhoolldd <<--11000000--11000000>>
	      Does absolutely nothing at the moment.

       kkeeyyiinntt==<<00--330000>>
	      maximum interval between keyframes in frames  (default:  250  or
	      one  keyframe  every  ten seconds in a 25fps movie.  This is the
	      recommended default for MPEG-4).	Most  codecs  require  regular
	      keyframes  in order to limit the accumulation of mismatch error.
	      Keyframes are also needed for seeking, as seeking is only possi-
	      ble  to  a  keyframe  - but keyframes need more space than other
	      frames, so larger numbers here mean slightly smaller  files  but
	      less  precise  seeking.  0 is equivalent to 1, which makes every
	      frame a keyframe.  Values >300 are not recommended as the quali-
	      ty might be bad depending upon decoder, encoder and luck.  It is
	      a common for MPEG-1/2 to use values <=30.

       sscc__tthhrreesshhoolldd==<<--11000000000000000000--11000000000000000000>>
	      Threshold for scene change detection.  A keyframe is inserted by
	      libavcodec  when it detects a scene change.  You can specify the
	      sensitivity of the  detection  with  this  option.   -1000000000
	      means   there  is  a  scene  change  detected  at  every	frame,
	      1000000000 means no scene changes are detected (default: 0).

       sscc__ffaaccttoorr==<<aannyy ppoossiittiivvee iinntteeggeerr>>
	      Causes frames with higher quantizers to be more likely to  trig-
	      ger  a scene change detection and make libavcodec use an I-frame
	      (default: 1).  1-16 is a sane range.  Values between 2 and 6 may
	      yield  increasing  PSNR (up to approximately 0.04 dB) and better
	      placement of I-frames in high-motion scenes.  Higher values than
	      6 may give very slightly better PSNR (approximately 0.01 dB more
	      than sc_factor=6), but noticably worse visual quality.

       vvbb__ssttrraatteeggyy==<<00--22>> ((ppaassss oonnee oonnllyy))
	      strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames:
		 0    Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default).
		 1    Avoid B-frames in high motion scenes.  See the  b_sensi-
		      tivity option to tune this strategy.
		 2    Places  B-frames more or less optimally to yield maximum
		      quality (slower).  You may want to reduce the speed  im-
		      pact of this option by tuning the option brd_scale.

       bb__sseennssiittiivviittyy==<<aannyy iinntteeggeerr ggrreeaatteerr tthhaann 00>>
	      Adjusts  how sensitively vb_strategy=1 detects motion and avoids
	      using B-frames (default: 40).  Lower sensitivities  will	result
	      in  more	B-frames.   Using more B-frames usually improves PSNR,
	      but too many B-frames can hurt quality  in  high-motion  scenes.
	      Unless there is an extremely high amount of motion, b_sensitivi-
	      ty can safely be lowered below the default; 10 is  a  reasonable
	      value in most cases.

       bbrrdd__ssccaallee==<<00--1100>>
	      Downscales  frames  for  dynamic	B-frame decision (default: 0).
	      Each time brd_scale is increased by one,	the  frame  dimensions
	      are  divided  by	two, which improves speed by a factor of four.
	      Both dimensions of the fully downscaled frame must be even  num-
	      bers, so brd_scale=1 requires the original dimensions to be mul-
	      tiples of four, brd_scale=2 requires multiples  of  eight,  etc.
	      In  other  words, the dimensions of the original frame must both
	      be divisible by 2^(brd_scale+1) with no remainder.

       bbiiddiirr__rreeffiinnee==<<00--44>>
	      Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks,
	      rather  than  re-using  vectors  from  the  forward and backward
	      searches.  This option has no effect without B-frames.
		 0    Disabled (default).
		 1-4  Use a wider search (larger values are slower).

       vvppaassss==<<11--33>>
	      Activates internal two (or more) pass mode, only specify if  you
	      wish to use two (or more) pass encoding.
		 1    first pass (also see turbo)
		 2    second pass
		 3    Nth  pass (second and subsequent passes of N-pass encod-
		      ing)
	      Here is how it works, and how to use it:
	      The first pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file.  You  might
	      want  to	deactivate  some CPU-hungry options, like "turbo" mode
	      does.
	      In two pass mode, the second pass (vpass=2) reads the statistics
	      file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
	      In  N-pass  mode,  the second pass (vpass=3, that is not a typo)
	      does both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites  them.
	      You  might  want	to  backup  divx2pass.log before doing this if
	      there is any possibility that you will have to cancel  MEncoder.
	      You can use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options
	      like "qns".
	      You can run this same pass over and over to refine  the  encode.
	      Each  subsequent	pass will use the statistics from the previous
	      pass to improve.	The final pass can include any CPU-hungry  en-
	      coding options.
	      If  you  want  a	2  pass  encode,  use  first vpass=1, and then
	      vpass=2.
	      If you want a 3 or more pass encode, use vpass=1 for  the  first
	      pass and then vpass=3 and then vpass=3 again and again until you
	      are satisfied with the encode.

	      huffyuv:
		 pass 1
		      Saves statistics.
		 pass 2
		      Encodes with an optimal Huffman table based upon statis-
		      tics from the first pass.

       ttuurrbboo ((ttwwoo ppaassss oonnllyy))
	      Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and dis-
	      abling CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce	global
	      PSNR  a  little  bit (around 0.01dB) and change individual frame
	      type and PSNR a little bit more (up to 0.03dB).

       aassppeecctt==<<xx//yy>>
	      Store movie aspect internally, just like with MPEG files.   Much
	      nicer  than  rescaling,  because quality is not decreased.  Only
	      MPlayer will play these files correctly, other players will dis-
	      play  them with wrong aspect.  The aspect parameter can be given
	      as a ratio or a floating point number.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 aspect=16/9 or aspect=1.78

       aauuttooaassppeecctt
	      Same as the aspect option, but  automatically  computes  aspect,
	      taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
	      made in the filter chain.  Does not incur a performance penalty,
	      so you can safely leave it always on.

       vvbbiittrraattee==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      Specify bitrate (pass 1/2) (default: 800).
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: 1kbit = 1000 bits
		 4-16000
		      (in kbit)
		 16001-24000000
		      (in bit)

       vvrraatteettooll==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      approximated file size tolerance in kbit.  1000-100000 is a sane
	      range.  (warning: 1kbit = 1000 bits) (default: 8000)
	      _N_O_T_E_: vratetol should not be too large during the second pass or
	      there might be problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is used.

       vvrrcc__mmaaxxrraattee==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      maximum bitrate in kbit/sec (pass 1/2) (default: 0, unlimited)

       vvrrcc__mmiinnrraattee==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      minimum bitrate in kbit/sec (pass 1/2) (default: 0, unlimited)

       vvrrcc__bbuuff__ssiizzee==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      buffer size in kbit (pass 1/2).  For MPEG-1/2 this also sets the
	      vbv buffer size, use 327 for VCD, 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD.

       vvrrcc__bbuuff__aaggggrreessssiivviittyy
	      currently useless

       vvrrcc__ssttrraatteeggyy
	      Ratecontrol method.  Note that some of the ratecontrol-affecting
	      options will have no effect if vrc_strategy is not set to 0.
		 0    Use internal lavc ratecontrol (default).
		 1    Use XviD ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to
		      be compiled with support for XviD 1.1 or higher).

       vvbb__qqffaaccttoorr==<<--3311..00--3311..00>>
	      quantizer  factor  between  B-  and non-B-frames (pass 1/2) (de-
	      fault: 1.25)

       vvii__qqffaaccttoorr==<<--3311..00--3311..00>>
	      quantizer factor between I- and  non-I-frames  (pass  1/2)  (de-
	      fault: 0.8)

       vvbb__qqooffffsseett==<<--3311..00--3311..00>>
	      quantizer  offset  between  B-  and non-B-frames (pass 1/2) (de-
	      fault: 1.25)

       vvii__qqooffffsseett==<<--3311..00--3311..00>>
	      (pass 1/2) (default: 0.0)
	      if v{b|i}_qfactor > 0
	      I/B-frame quantizer  =  P-frame  quantizer  *  v{b|i}_qfactor  +
	      v{b|i}_qoffset
	      else
	      do  normal  ratecontrol  (do not lock to next P-frame quantizer)
	      and set q= -q * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
	      _H_I_N_T_: To do constant quantizer encoding with different  quantiz-
	      ers  for	I/P-  and B-frames you can use: lmin= <ip_quant>:lmax=
	      <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor= <b_quant/ip_quant>.

       vvqqbblluurr==<<00..00--11..00>> ((ppaassss oonnee))
	      Quantizer blur (default: 0.5), larger values  will  average  the
	      quantizer more over time (slower change).
		 0.0  Quantizer blur disabled.
		 1.0  Average the quantizer over all previous frames.

       vvqqbblluurr==<<00..00--9999..00>> ((ppaassss ttwwoo))
	      Quantizer gaussian blur (default: 0.5), larger values will aver-
	      age the quantizer more over time (slower change).

       vvqqccoommpp==<<00..00--11..00>>
	      Quantizer compression, vrc_eq depends upon this (pass 1/2)  (de-
	      fault:  0.5).   For  instance, assuming the default rate control
	      equation is used, if vqcomp=1.0, the  ratecontrol  allocates  to
	      each  frame  the number of bits needed to encode them all at the
	      same QP.	If vqcomp=0.0, the ratecontrol allocates the same num-
	      ber of bits to each frame, i.e. strict CBR.  _N_O_T_E_: Those are ex-
	      treme settings and should never  be  used.   Perceptual  quality
	      will be optimal somewhere in between these two extremes.

       vvrrcc__eeqq==<<eeqquuaattiioonn>>
	      main ratecontrol equation (pass 1/2)

		 1
		      constant bitrate

		 tex
		      constant quality

		 1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp
		      approximately the equation of the old ratecontrol code

		 tex^qComp
		      with qcomp 0.5 or something like that (default)

	      infix operators:

		 +,-,*,/,^

	      variables:

		 tex
		      texture complexity

		 iTex,pTex
		      intra, non-intra texture complexity

		 avgTex
		      average texture complexity

		 avgIITex
		      average intra texture complexity in I-frames

		 avgPITex
		      average intra texture complexity in P-frames

		 avgPPTex
		      average non-intra texture complexity in P-frames

		 avgBPTex
		      average non-intra texture complexity in B-frames

		 mv
		      bits used for motion vectors

		 fCode
		      maximum length of motion vector in log2 scale

		 iCount
		      number of intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks

		 var
		      spatial complexity

		 mcVar
		      temporal complexity

		 qComp
		      qcomp from the command line

		 isI, isP, isB
		      Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B else 0.

		 Pi,E
		      See your favorite math book.

	      functions:

		 max(a,b),min(a,b)
		      maximum / minimum

		 gt(a,b)
		      is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise

		 lt(a,b)
		      is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise

		 eq(a,b)
		      is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise

		 sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs

       vvrrcc__oovveerrrriiddee==<<ooppttiioonnss>>
	      User specified quality for specific parts (ending, credits, ...)
	      (pass 1/2).  The options are <start-frame>, <end-frame>, <quali-
	      ty>[/<start-frame>, <end-frame>, <quality>[/...]]:
		 quality (2-31)
		      quantizer
		 quality (-500-0)
		      quality correction in %

       vvrrcc__iinniitt__ccppllxx==<<00--11000000>>
	      initial complexity (pass 1)

       vvrrcc__iinniitt__ooccccuuppaannccyy==<<00..00--11..00>>
	      initial  buffer  occupancy,  as  a fraction of vrc_buf_size (de-
	      fault: 0.9)

       vvqqssqquuiisshh==<<00||11>>
	      Specify how to keep the quantizer between qmin  and  qmax  (pass
	      1/2).
		 0    Use clipping.
		 1    Use a nice differentiable function (default).

       vvlleelliimm==<<--11000000--11000000>>
	      Sets  single  coefficient  elimination  threshold for luminance.
	      Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
	      at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
		 0    disabled (default)
		 -4   JVT recommendation

       vvcceelliimm==<<--11000000--11000000>>
	      Sets  single  coefficient elimination threshold for chrominance.
	      Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
	      at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
		 0    disabled (default)
		 7    JVT recommendation

       vvssttrriicctt==<<--22||--11||00||11>>
	      strict standard compliance
		 0    disabled
		 1    Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the
		      MPEG-4 reference decoder.
		 -1   Allow libavcodec specific extensions (default).
		 -2   Enables experimental codecs and features which  may  not
		      be playable with future MPlayer versions (snow, ffvhuff,
		      ffv1).

       vvddppaarrtt
	      Data partitioning.  Adds 2 Bytes per video packet, improves  er-
	      ror-resistance  when transferring over unreliable channels (e.g.
	      streaming over the internet).  Each video packet will be encoded
	      in 3 separate partitions:
		 1. MVs
		      movement
		 2. DC coefficients
		      low res picture
		 3. AC coefficients
		      details
	      MV  &  DC  are most important, loosing them looks far worse than
	      loosing the AC and the 1. & 2. partition.  (MV  &  DC)  are  far
	      smaller  than the 3. partition (AC) meaning that errors will hit
	      the AC partition much more often than the MV  &  DC  partitions.
	      Thus,  the picture will look better with partitioning than with-
	      out, as without partitioning an error will trash AC/DC/MV equal-
	      ly.

       vvppssiizzee==<<00--1100000000>> ((aallssoo sseeee vvddppaarrtt))
	      Video packet size, improves error-resistance.
		 0
		      disabled (default)
		 100-1000
		      good choice

       ssss
	      slice structured mode for H.263+

       ggrraayy
	      grayscale only encoding (faster)

       vvffddcctt==<<00--1100>>
	      DCT algorithm
		 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
		 1    fast integer
		 2    accurate integer
		 3    MMX
		 4    mlib
		 5    AltiVec
		 6    floating point AAN

       iiddcctt==<<00--9999>>
	      IDCT algorithm
	      _N_O_T_E_:  To  the best of our knowledge all these IDCTs do pass the
	      IEEE1180 tests.
		 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
		 1    JPEG reference integer
		 2    simple
		 3    simplemmx
		 4    libmpeg2mmx (inaccurate, do not use  for	encoding  with
		      keyint >100)
		 5    ps2
		 6    mlib
		 7    arm
		 8    AltiVec
		 9    sh4

       lluummii__mmaasskk==<<00..00--11..00>>
	      Luminance  masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed
	      to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
	      details  in very bright parts of the picture.  Luminance masking
	      compresses bright areas stronger than medium ones,  so  it  will
	      save bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising over-
	      all subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: Be careful, overly large values	can  cause  disastrous
	      things.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_:	Large  values might look good on some monitors but may
	      look horrible on other monitors.
		 0.0
		      disabled (default)
		 0.0-0.3
		      sane range

       ddaarrkk__mmaasskk==<<00..00--11..00>>
	      Darkness masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that  is  supposed
	      to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
	      details in very dark parts of  the  picture.   Darkness  masking
	      compresses dark areas stronger than medium ones, so it will save
	      bits that can be spent again on other  frames,  raising  overall
	      subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_:	Be  careful,  overly large values can cause disastrous
	      things.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: Large values might look good on some monitors  but  may
	      look horrible on other monitors / TV / TFT.
		 0.0
		      disabled (default)
		 0.0-0.3
		      sane range

       ttccppllxx__mmaasskk==<<00..00--11..00>>
	      Temporal	complexity masking (default: 0.0 (disabled)).  Imagine
	      a scene with a bird flying across the  whole  scene;  tcplx_mask
	      will  raise  the	quantizers of the bird's macroblocks (thus de-
	      creasing their quality), as the human eye usually does not  have
	      time  to	see  all  the  bird's  details.  Be warned that if the
	      masked object stops (e.g. the bird lands) it is likely  to  look
	      horrible	for  a short period of time, until the encoder figures
	      out that the object is not moving and needs refined blocks.  The
	      saved  bits will be spent on other parts of the video, which may
	      increase subjective quality, provided that tcplx_mask  is  care-
	      fully chosen.

       ssccppllxx__mmaasskk==<<00..00--11..00>>
	      Spatial  complexity masking.  Larger values help against blocki-
	      ness, if no deblocking filter is used  for  decoding,  which  is
	      maybe not a good idea.
	      Imagine a scene with grass (which usually has great spatial com-
	      plexity), a blue sky and a  house;  scplx_mask  will  raise  the
	      quantizers of the grass' macroblocks, thus decreasing its quali-
	      ty, in order to spend more bits on the sky and the house.
	      _H_I_N_T_: Crop any black borders completely as they will reduce  the
	      quality of the macroblocks (also applies without scplx_mask).
		 0.0
		      disabled (default)
		 0.0-0.5
		      sane range

	      _N_O_T_E_: This setting does not have the same effect as using a cus-
	      tom matrix that would compress high frequencies harder,  as  sc-
	      plx_mask	will reduce the quality of P blocks even if only DC is
	      changing.  The result of scplx_mask will probably  not  look  as
	      good.

       pp__mmaasskk==<<00..00--11..00>> ((aallssoo sseeee vvii__qqffaaccttoorr))
	      Reduces  the quality of inter blocks.  This is equivalent to in-
	      creasing the quality of intra blocks, because the  same  average
	      bitrate  will be distributed by the rate controller to the whole
	      video sequence (default: 0.0  (disabled)).   p_mask=1.0  doubles
	      the bits allocated to each intra block.

       bboorrddeerr__mmaasskk==<<00..00--11..00>>
	      border-processing  for  MPEG-style  encoders.  Border processing
	      increases the quantizer for  macroblocks	which  are  less  than
	      1/5th  of  the  frame  width/height  away from the frame border,
	      since they are often visually less important.

       nnaaqq
	      Normalize  adaptive  quantization  (experimental).   When  using
	      adaptive quantization (*_mask), the average per-MB quantizer may
	      no longer match the requested frame-level quantizer.   Naq  will
	      attempt  to  adjust the per-MB quantizers to maintain the proper
	      average.

       iillddcctt
	      Use interlaced DCT.

       iillmmee
	      Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel).

       aalltt
	      Use alternative scantable.

       ttoopp==<<--11--11>>
		 -1   automatic
		 0    bottom field first
		 1    top field first

       ffoorrmmaatt==<<vvaalluuee>>
		 YV12
		      default
		 444P
		      for ffv1
		 422P
		      for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG and ffv1
		 411P,YVU9
		      for lossless JPEG and ffv1
		 BGR32
		      for lossless JPEG and ffv1

       pprreedd
	      (for HuffYUV)
		 0    left prediction
		 1    plane/gradient prediction
		 2    median prediction

       pprreedd
	      (for lossless JPEG)
		 0    left prediction
		 1    top prediction
		 2    topleft prediction
		 3    plane/gradient prediction
		 6    mean prediction

       ccooddeerr
	      (for ffv1)
		 0    vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)
		 1    arithmetic coding (CABAC)

       ccoonntteexxtt
	      (for ffv1)
		 0    small context model
		 1    large context model

	      (for ffvhuff)
		 0    predetermined Huffman tables (builtin or two pass)
		 1    adaptive Huffman tables

       qqppeell
	      Use  quarter  pel  motion  compensation (mutually exclusive with
	      ilme).
	      _H_I_N_T_: This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings.

       mmbbccmmpp==<<00--22000000>>
	      Sets the comparison function for the macroblock  decision,  only
	      used if mbd=0.
		 0 (SAD)
		      sum of absolute differences, fast (default)
		 1 (SSE)
		      sum of squared errors
		 2 (SATD)
		      sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences
		 3 (DCT)
		      sum of absolute DCT transformed differences
		 4 (PSNR)
		      sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)
		 5 (BIT)
		      number of bits needed for the block
		 6 (RD)
		      rate distortion optimal, slow
		 7 (ZERO)
		      0
		 8 (VSAD)
		      sum of absolute vertical differences
		 9 (VSSE)
		      sum of squared vertical differences
		 10 (NSSE)
		      noise preserving sum of squared differences
		 11 (W53)
		      5/3 wavelet, only used in snow
		 12 (W97)
		      9/7 wavelet, only used in snow
		 +256
		      Also  use  chroma,  currently  does not work (correctly)
		      with B-frames.

       iillddccttccmmpp==<<00--22000000>>
	      Sets the comparison function for interlaced  DCT	decision  (see
	      mbcmp for available comparison functions).

       pprreeccmmpp==<<00--22000000>>
	      Sets the comparison function for motion estimation pre pass (see
	      mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       ccmmpp==<<00--22000000>>
	      Sets the comparison function for full pel motion estimation (see
	      mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       ssuubbccmmpp==<<00--22000000>>
	      Sets  the comparison function for sub pel motion estimation (see
	      mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       nnsssseeww==<<00--11000000000000>>
	      This setting controls NSSE weight, where larger weights will re-
	      sult  in	more  noise.   0 NSSE is identical to SSE You may find
	      this useful if you prefer to keep some  noise  in  your  encoded
	      video  rather  than  filtering it away before encoding (default:
	      8).

       pprreeddiiaa==<<--9999--66>>
	      diamond type and size for motion estimation pre-pass

       ddiiaa==<<--9999--66>>
	      Diamond type & size for motion estimation.  Motion search is  an
	      iterative  process.   Using  a  small diamond does not limit the
	      search to finding only small motion vectors.  It is  just  some-
	      what  more  likely  to  stop before finding the very best motion
	      vector, especially when noise is involved.  Bigger diamonds  al-
	      low  a  wider search for the best motion vector, thus are slower
	      but result in better quality.
	      Big normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive  dia-
	      monds.
	      Shape-adaptive  diamonds	are  a good tradeoff between speed and
	      quality.
	      _N_O_T_E_: The sizes of the normal diamonds and shape	adaptive  ones
	      do not have the same meaning.

		 -3   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3

		 -2   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2

		 -1   slightly	special:  Can  be  slower  and/or  better than
		      dia=-2.

		 1    normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond
			    0
			   000
			    0

		 2    normal size=2 diamond
			    0
			   000
			  00000
			   000
			    0

       ttrreellll
	      Trellis searched quantization.  This will find the  optimal  en-
	      coding  for  each  8x8  block.  Trellis searched quantization is
	      quite simply an optimal quantization in the PSNR versus  bitrate
	      sense  (Assuming	that  there would be no rounding errors intro-
	      duced by the IDCT, which is obviously not the case.).  It simply
	      finds a block for the minimum of error and lambda*bits.
		 lambda
		      quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant
		 bits
		      amount of bits needed to encode the block
		 error
		      sum of squared errors of the quantization

       ccbbpp
	      Rate  distorted  optimal	coded  block pattern.  Will select the
	      coded block pattern which minimizes  distortion  +  lambda*rate.
	      This can only be used together with trellis quantization.

       mmvv00
	      Try  to  encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and choose the better one.
	      This has no effect if mbd=0.

       mmvv00__tthhrreesshhoolldd==<<aannyy nnoonn--nneeggaattiivvee iinntteeggeerr>>
	      When surrounding motion vectors are <0,0> and the motion estima-
	      tion  score  of  the  current  block is less than mv0_threshold,
	      <0,0> is used for the motion vector and further  motion  estima-
	      tion is skipped (default: 256).  Lowering mv0_threshold to 0 can
	      give a slight (0.01dB) PSNR increase and possibly make  the  en-
	      coded video look slightly better; raising mv0_threshold past 320
	      results in diminished PSNR and visual  quality.	Higher	values
	      speed up encoding very slightly (usually less than 1%, depending
	      on the other options used).
	      _N_O_T_E_: This option does not require mv0 to be enabled.

       qqpprrdd ((mmbbdd==22 oonnllyy))
	      rate distorted optimal quantization parameter (QP) for the given
	      lambda of each macroblock

       llaasstt__pprreedd==<<00--9999>>
	      amount of motion predictors from the previous frame
		 0    (default)
		 a    Will  use 2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion vector
		      predictors from the previous frame.

       pprreemmee==<<00--22>>
	      motion estimation pre-pass
		 0    disabled
		 1    only after I-frames (default)
		 2    always

       ssuubbqq==<<11--88>>
	      subpel refinement quality (for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality))
	      _N_O_T_E_: This has a significant effect on speed.

       rreeffss==<<11--88>>
	      number  of  reference frames to consider for motion compensation
	      (Snow only) (default: 1)

       ppssnnrr
	      print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole  video
	      after  encoding  and  store  the per frame PSNR in a file with a
	      name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log'.  Returned values are in  dB	(deci-
	      bel), the higher the better.

       mmppeegg__qquuaanntt
	      Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

       aaiicc
	      Enable AC prediction for MPEG-4 or advanced intra prediction for
	      H.263+.  This will improve quality very slightly (around 0.02 dB
	      PSNR) and slow down encoding very slightly (about 1%).
	      _N_O_T_E_: vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC.

       aaiivv
	      alternative inter vlc for H.263+

       uummvv
	      unlimited  MVs (H.263+ only) Allows encoding of arbitrarily long
	      MVs.

       iibbiiaass==<<--225566--225566>>
	      intra quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style	quantizer  de-
	      fault: 96, H.263 style quantizer default: 0)
	      _N_O_T_E_: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
	      vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative bi-
	      ases (set vfdct=1 or 2).

       ppbbiiaass==<<--225566--225566>>
	      inter  quantizer	bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer de-
	      fault: 0, H.263 style quantizer default: -64)
	      _N_O_T_E_: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
	      vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative bi-
	      ases (set vfdct=1 or 2).
	      _H_I_N_T_: A more positive bias (-32 - -16 instead of -64)  seems  to
	      improve the PSNR.

       nnrr==<<00--110000000000>>
	      Noise  reduction, 0 means disabled.  0-600 is a useful range for
	      typical content, but you may want to turn it up a bit  more  for
	      very  noisy  content  (default:  0).   Given its small impact on
	      speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
	      away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       qqnnss==<<00--33>>
	      Quantizer  noise	shaping.  Rather than choosing quantization to
	      most closely match the source video in the PSNR sense, it choos-
	      es quantization such that noise (usually ringing) will be masked
	      by similar-frequency content in the image.   Larger  values  are
	      slower  but  may	not  result  in  better quality.  This can and
	      should be used together with trellis quantization, in which case
	      the  trellis  quantization (optimal for constant weight) will be
	      used as startpoint for the iterative search.
		 0    disabled (default)
		 1    Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.
		 2    Only change coefficients before the last non-zero  coef-
		      ficient + 1.
		 3    Try all.

       iinntteerr__mmaattrriixx==<<ccoommmmaa sseeppaarraatteedd mmaattrriixx>>
	      Use  custom  inter matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of
	      64 integers.

       iinnttrraa__mmaattrriixx==<<ccoommmmaa sseeppaarraatteedd mmaattrriixx>>
	      Use custom intra matrix.	It needs a comma separated  string  of
	      64 integers.

       vvqqmmoodd__aammpp
	      experimental quantizer modulation

       vvqqmmoodd__ffrreeqq
	      experimental quantizer modulation

       ddcc
	      intra  DC  precision  in	bits  (default:  8).   If  you specify
	      vcodec=mpeg2video this value can be 8, 9, 10 or 11.

       ccggoopp ((aallssoo sseeee sscc__tthhrreesshhoolldd))
	      Close all GOPs.  Currently it only works if scene change	detec-
	      tion is disabled (sc_threshold=1000000000).

       vvgglloobbaall==<<00--33>>
	      Control writing global video headers.
		 0    Codec decides where to write global headers (default).
		 1    Write  global  headers  only  in	extradata  (needed for
		      .mp4/MOV/NUT).
		 2    Write global headers only in front of keyframes.
		 3    Combine 1 and 2.

       aagglloobbaall==<<00--33>>
	      Same as vglobal for audio headers.

   nnuuvv ((--nnuuvvooppttss))
       Nuppel video is based on RTJPEG and LZO.  By default frames  are  first
       encoded with RTJPEG and then compressed with LZO, but it is possible to
       disable either or both of the two passes.  As a result, you can in fact
       output  raw  i420, LZO compressed i420, RTJPEG, or the default LZO com-
       pressed RTJPEG.
       _N_O_T_E_: The nuvrec documentation contains some advice and examples  about
       the settings to use for the most common TV encodings.

       cc==<<00--2200>>
	      chrominance threshold (default: 1)

       ll==<<00--2200>>
	      luminance threshold (default: 1)

       llzzoo
	      Enable LZO compression (default).

       nnoollzzoo
	      Disable LZO compression.

       qq==<<33--225555>>
	      quality level (default: 255)

       rraaww
	      Disable RTJPEG encoding.

       rrttjjppeegg
	      Enable RTJPEG encoding (default).

   xxvviiddeenncc ((--xxvviiddeennccooppttss))
       There are three modes available: constant bitrate (CBR), fixed quantiz-
       er and two pass.

       ppaassss==<<11||22>>
	      Specify the pass in two pass mode.

       ttuurrbboo ((ttwwoo ppaassss oonnllyy))
	      Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and dis-
	      abling  CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce global
	      PSNR a little bit and change individual frame type  and  PSNR  a
	      little bit more.

       bbiittrraattee==<<vvaalluuee>> ((CCBBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss mmooddee))
	      Sets  the  bitrate  to  be  used in kbits/second if <16000 or in
	      bits/second if >16000.  If <value> is negative,  XviD  will  use
	      its  absolute  value as the target size (in kBytes) of the video
	      and compute the associated bitrate automagically	(default:  687
	      kbits/s).

       ffiixxeedd__qquuaanntt==<<11--3311>>
	      Switch  to  fixed quantizer mode and specify the quantizer to be
	      used.

       zzoonneess==<<zzoonnee00>>[[//<<zzoonnee11>>[[//......]]]] ((CCBBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss mmooddee))
	      User specified quality  for  specific  parts  (ending,  credits,
	      ...).   Each  zone  is <start-frame>,<mode>,<value> where <mode>
	      may be
		 q    Constant quantizer override, where value=<2.0-31.0> rep-
		      resents the quantizer value.
		 w    Ratecontrol  weight  override,  where  value=<0.01-2.00>
		      represents the quality correction in %.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 zones=90000,q,20
		      Encodes all frames starting with frame 90000 at constant
		      quantizer 20.
		 zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20
		      Encode  frames  0-10000  at  10%	bitrate, encode frames
		      90000 up to the end at constant quantizer 20.  Note that
		      the  second zone is needed to delimit the first zone, as
		      without it everything up until frame 89999 would be  en-
		      coded at 10% bitrate.

       mmee__qquuaalliittyy==<<00--66>>
	      This option controls the motion estimation subsystem.  The high-
	      er the value, the more precise the  estimation  should  be  (de-
	      fault:  6).  The more precise the motion estimation is, the more
	      bits can be saved.  Precision is gained at the  expense  of  CPU
	      time so decrease this setting if you need realtime encoding.

       ((nnoo))iinntteerrllaacciinngg
	      Encode  the  fields of interlaced video material.  Turn this op-
	      tion on for interlaced content.
	      _N_O_T_E_: Should you rescale the video, you would need an interlace-
	      aware    resizer,    which    you    can	 activate   with   -vf
	      scale=<width>:<height>:1.

       44mmvv
	      Use 4 motion vectors per macroblock.   This  might  give	better
	      compression, but slows down encoding.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_:	As  of	XviD-1.0.x, this option is no longer available
	      separately, and its functionality is included in the  me_quality
	      option.  When me_quality > 4, 4mv is activated.

       rrcc__rreeaaccttiioonn__ddeellaayy__ffaaccttoorr==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      This  parameter  controls the number of frames the CBR rate con-
	      troller will wait before reacting to bitrate changes and compen-
	      sating  for  them to obtain a constant bitrate over an averaging
	      range of frames.

       rrcc__aavveerraaggiinngg__ppeerriioodd==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      Real CBR is hard to achieve.  Depending on the  video  material,
	      bitrate  can  be	variable, and hard to predict.	Therefore XviD
	      uses an averaging period for which it guarantees a given	amount
	      of  bits (minus a small variation).  This settings expresses the
	      "number of frames" for which XviD averages bitrate and tries  to
	      achieve CBR.

       rrcc__bbuuffffeerr==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      size of the rate control buffer

       qquuaanntt__rraannggee==<<11--3311>>--<<11--3311>>[[//<<11--3311>>--<<11--3311>>]]
	      CBR mode: min & max quantizer for all frames (default: 2-31)
	      two  pass  mode:	min  &	max quantizer for I/P-frames (default:
	      2-31/2-31)
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: As of  XviD-1.0.x,  this  option  is  replaced  by  the
	      [min|max]_[i|p|b]quant options.

       mmiinn__kkeeyy__iinntteerrvvaall==<<vvaalluuee>> ((ttwwoo ppaassss oonnllyy))
	      minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0)

       mmaaxx__kkeeyy__iinntteerrvvaall==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps)

       mmppeegg__qquuaanntt
	      Use  MPEG  quantizers  instead of H.263.	For high bitrates, you
	      will find that MPEG quantization preserves more detail.  For low
	      bitrates, the smoothing of H.263 will give you less block noise.
	      When using custom matrices, MPEG must be used.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: As of  XviD-1.0.x,  this  option  is  replaced  by  the
	      quant_type option.

       mmoodd__qquuaanntt
	      Decide  whether  to  use MPEG or H.263 quantizers on a frame-by-
	      frame basis (two pass mode only).
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: This will generate an illegal bitstream, and most like-
	      ly  not be decodable by any MPEG-4 decoder besides libavcodec or
	      XviD.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: As of XviD-1.0.x, this option is no longer available.

       kkeeyyffrraammee__bboooosstt==<<00--11000000>> ((ttwwoo ppaassss mmooddee oonnllyy))
	      Shift some bits from the pool for other  frame  types  to  intra
	      frames,  thus improving keyframe quality.  This amount is an ex-
	      tra percentage, so a value of 10 will give  your	keyframes  10%
	      more bits than normal (default: 0).

       kkfftthhrreesshhoolldd==<<vvaalluuee>> ((ttwwoo ppaassss mmooddee oonnllyy))
	      Works  together  with  kfreduction.  Determines the minimum dis-
	      tance below which you consider that two  frames  are  considered
	      consecutive  and	treated  differently  according to kfreduction
	      (default: 10).

       kkffrreedduuccttiioonn==<<00--110000>> ((ttwwoo ppaassss mmooddee oonnllyy))
	      The above two settings  can  be  used  to  adjust  the  size  of
	      keyframes  that  you consider too close to the first (in a row).
	      kfthreshold sets the range in which keyframes are  reduced,  and
	      kfreduction determines the bitrate reduction they get.  The last
	      I-frame will get treated normally (default: 30).

       ddiivvxx55bbvvoopp
	      Generate DivX5 compatible B-frames (default: on).  This seems to
	      be mandatory only for old versions of DivX's decoder.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_:	As  of	XviD-1.0.x,  this  option  is  replaced by the
	      closed_gop option.

       ((nnoo))ggrraayyssccaallee
	      Make  XviD  discard  chroma  planes  so  the  encoded  video  is
	      grayscale  only.	 Note that this does not speed up encoding, it
	      just prevents chroma data from being written in the  last  stage
	      of encoding.

       ddeebbuugg
	      Save  per-frame  statistics  in ./xvid.dbg. (This is not the two
	      pass control file.)


       The following options are only available with the latest stable releas-
       es of XviD 1.0.x (api4).

       ((nnoo))ppaacckkeedd
	      This  option  is meant to solve frame-order issues when encoding
	      to container formats like AVI that cannot cope with out-of-order
	      frames.  In practice, most decoders (both software and hardware)
	      are able to deal with frame-order themselves, and may  get  con-
	      fused  when this option is turned on, so you can safely leave if
	      off, unless you really know what you are doing.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: This will generate an illegal bitstream, and  will  not
	      be decodable by ISO-MPEG-4 decoders except DivX/libavcodec/XviD.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_: This will also store a fake DivX version in the file so
	      the bug autodetection of some decoders might be confused.

       mmaaxx__bbffrraammeess==<<00--44>>
	      Maximum  number  of B-frames to put between I/P-frames (default:
	      2).

       bbqquuaanntt__rraattiioo==<<00--11000000>>
	      quantizer ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50  (default:
	      150)

       bbqquuaanntt__ooffffsseett==<<--11000000--11000000>>
	      quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default:
	      100)

       bbff__tthhrreesshhoolldd==<<--225555--225555>>
	      This setting allows you to specify what priority to place on the
	      use of B-frames.	The higher the value, the higher the probabil-
	      ity of B-frames being used (default: 0).	Do not forget that  B-
	      frames usually have a higher quantizer, and therefore aggressive
	      production of B-frames may cause worse visual quality.

       ((nnoo))cclloosseedd__ggoopp
	      This option tells XviD to close every  GOP  (Group  Of  Pictures
	      bounded by two I-frames), which makes GOPs independent from each
	      other.  This just implies that the last frame of the GOP is  ei-
	      ther  a P-frame or a N-frame but not a B-frame.  It is usually a
	      good idea to turn this option on (default: on).

       ffrraammee__ddrroopp__rraattiioo==<<00--110000>> ((mmaaxx__bbffrraammeess==00 oonnllyy))
	      This setting allows the creation	of  variable  framerate  video
	      streams.	 The  value of the setting specifies a threshold under
	      which, if the difference of the following frame to the  previous
	      frame is below or equal to this threshold, a frame gets not cod-
	      ed (a so called n-vop is placed in the  stream).	 On  playback,
	      when reaching an n-vop the previous frame will be displayed.
	      _W_A_R_N_I_N_G_:	Playing with this setting may result in a jerky video,
	      so use it at your own risks!

       ((nnoo))qqppeell
	      MPEG-4 uses a half pixel precision for its motion search by  de-
	      fault.   The standard proposes a mode where encoders are allowed
	      to use quarter pixel precision.  This option usually results  in
	      a sharper image.	Unfortunately it has a great impact on bitrate
	      and sometimes the higher bitrate use will prevent it from giving
	      a better image quality at a fixed bitrate.  It is better to test
	      with and without this option and see whether it is  worth  acti-
	      vating.

       ((nnoo))ggmmcc
	      Enable  Global  Motion  Compensation,  which makes XviD generate
	      special frames (GMC-frames) which are well suited for  Pan/Zoom/
	      Rotating	images.   Whether  or  not the use of this option will
	      save bits is highly dependent on the source material.

       ((nnoo))ttrreelllliiss
	      Trellis Quantization is a kind of adaptive  quantization	method
	      that saves bits by modifying quantized coefficients to make them
	      more compressible by the entropy encoder.  Its impact on quality
	      is  good, and if VHQ uses too much CPU for you, this setting can
	      be a good alternative to save a few bits (and  gain  quality  at
	      fixed bitrate) at a lesser cost than with VHQ (default: on).

       ((nnoo))ccaarrttoooonn
	      Activate	this if your encoded sequence is an anime/cartoon.  It
	      modifies some XviD internal thresholds so XviD takes better  de-
	      cisions  on frame types and motion vectors for flat looking car-
	      toons.

       qquuaanntt__ttyyppee==<<hh226633||mmppeegg>>
	      Sets the type of quantizer to use.  For high bitrates, you  will
	      find  that MPEG quantization preserves more detail.  For low bi-
	      trates, the smoothing of H.263 will give you less  block	noise.
	      When using custom matrices, MPEG quantization mmuusstt be used.

       ((nnoo))cchhrroommaa__mmee
	      The  usual  motion  estimation algorithm uses only the luminance
	      information to find the best motion vector.   However  for  some
	      video  material,	using  the  chroma planes can help find better
	      vectors.	This setting toggles the use of chroma planes for  mo-
	      tion estimation (default: on).

       ((nnoo))cchhrroommaa__oopptt
	      Enable a chroma optimizer prefilter.  It will do some extra mag-
	      ic on color information to minimize the stepped-stairs effect on
	      edges.   It  will improve quality at the cost of encoding speed.
	      It reduces PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation to  the
	      original picture will get bigger, but the subjective image qual-
	      ity will raise.  Since it  works	with  color  information,  you
	      might want to turn it off when encoding in grayscale.

       ((nnoo))hhqq__aacc
	      Activates  high-quality  prediction of AC coefficients for intra
	      frames from neighbor blocks (default: on).

       vvhhqq==<<00--44>>
	      The motion search algorithm is based on a search	in  the  usual
	      color  domain  and  tries to find a motion vector that minimizes
	      the difference between  the  reference  frame  and  the  encoded
	      frame.  With this setting activated, XviD will also use the fre-
	      quency domain (DCT) to search for a motion vector that minimizes
	      not  only the spatial difference but also the encoding length of
	      the block.  Fastest to slowest:
		 0    off
		 1    mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)
		 2    limited search
		 3    medium search
		 4    wide search

       ((nnoo))lluummii__mmaasskk
	      Adaptive quantization allows the macroblock quantizers  to  vary
	      inside  each  frame.   This is a 'psychosensory' setting that is
	      supposed to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to no-
	      tice  fewer  details  in	very bright and very dark parts of the
	      picture.	It compresses those areas more	strongly  than	medium
	      ones,  which  will  save	bits  that can be spent again on other
	      frames, raising overall subjective quality and possibly reducing
	      PSNR.

       mmiinn__iiqquuaanntt==<<00--3311>>
	      minimum I-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       mmaaxx__iiqquuaanntt==<<00--3311>>
	      maximum I-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       mmiinn__ppqquuaanntt==<<00--3311>>
	      minimum P-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       mmaaxx__ppqquuaanntt==<<00--3311>>
	      maximum P-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       mmiinn__bbqquuaanntt==<<00--3311>>
	      minimum B-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       mmaaxx__bbqquuaanntt==<<00--3311>>
	      maximum B-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       qquuaanntt__iinnttrraa__mmaattrriixx==<<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Load a custom intra matrix file.	You can build such a file with
	      xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       qquuaanntt__iinntteerr__mmaattrriixx==<<ffiilleennaammee>>
	      Load a custom inter matrix file.	You can build such a file with
	      xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       ccuurrvvee__ccoommpprreessssiioonn__hhiigghh==<<00--110000>>
	      This  setting  allows  XviD to take a certain percentage of bits
	      away from high bitrate scenes and give  them  back  to  the  bit
	      reservoir.   You	could also use this if you have a clip with so
	      many bits allocated to high-bitrate scenes that the  low(er)-bi-
	      trate scenes start to look bad (default: 0).

       ccuurrvvee__ccoommpprreessssiioonn__llooww==<<00--110000>>
	      This  setting  allows XviD to give a certain percentage of extra
	      bits to the low bitrate scenes, taking a few bits from  the  en-
	      tire  clip.   This might come in handy if you have a few low-bi-
	      trate scenes that are still blocky (default: 0).

       oovveerrffllooww__ccoonnttrrooll__ssttrreennggtthh==<<00--110000>>
	      During pass one of two pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve  is
	      computed.   The  difference  between that expected curve and the
	      result obtained during encoding is called overflow.   Obviously,
	      the  two pass rate controller tries to compensate for that over-
	      flow, distributing it over the next frames.  This  setting  con-
	      trols  how  much of the overflow is distributed every time there
	      is a new frame.  Low values allow  lazy  overflow  control,  big
	      rate  bursts are compensated for more slowly (could lead to lack
	      of precision for small clips).  Higher values will make  changes
	      in  bit  redistribution  more abrupt, possibly too abrupt if you
	      set it too high, creating artifacts (default: 5).
	      _N_O_T_E_: This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it  careful-
	      ly!

       mmaaxx__oovveerrffllooww__iimmpprroovveemmeenntt==<<00--110000>>
	      During  the  frame bit allocation, overflow control may increase
	      the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
	      by  which  the overflow control is allowed to increase the frame
	      size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       mmaaxx__oovveerrffllooww__ddeeggrraaddaattiioonn==<<00--110000>>
	      During the frame bit allocation, overflow control  may  decrease
	      the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
	      by which the overflow control is allowed to decrease  the  frame
	      size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       ccoonnttaaiinneerr__ffrraammee__oovveerrhheeaadd==<<00......>>
	      Specifies a frame average overhead per frame, in bytes.  Most of
	      the time users express their target bitrate for video w/o taking
	      care  of	the video container overhead.  This small but (mostly)
	      constant overhead can cause the target file size to be exceeded.
	      XviD  allows  users  to set the amount of overhead per frame the
	      container generates (give only an average per frame).  0	has  a
	      special  meaning,  it  lets XviD use its own default values (de-
	      fault: 24 - AVI average overhead).

       pprrooffiillee==<<pprrooffiillee__nnaammee>>
	      Restricts options and VBV (peak bitrate over a short period) ac-
	      cording  to  the Simple, Advanced Simple and DivX profiles.  The
	      resulting videos should be playable on standalone players adher-
	      ing to these profile specifications.
		 unrestricted
		      no restrictions (default)
		 sp0
		      simple profile at level 0
		 sp1
		      simple profile at level 1
		 sp2
		      simple profile at level 2
		 sp3
		      simple profile at level 3
		 asp0
		      advanced simple profile at level 0
		 asp1
		      advanced simple profile at level 1
		 asp2
		      advanced simple profile at level 2
		 asp3
		      advanced simple profile at level 3
		 asp4
		      advanced simple profile at level 4
		 asp5
		      advanced simple profile at level 5
		 dxnhandheld
		      DXN handheld profile
		 dxnportntsc
		      DXN portable NTSC profile
		 dxnportpal
		      DXN portable PAL profile
		 dxnhtntsc
		      DXN home theater NTSC profile
		 dxnhtpal
		      DXN home theater PAL profile
		 dxnhdtv
		      DXN HDTV profile
	      _N_O_T_E_:  These  profiles should be used in conjunction with an ap-
	      propriate -ffourcc.  Generally DX50 is applicable, as some play-
	      ers do not recognize XviD but most recognize DivX.

       ppaarr==<<mmooddee>>
	      Specifies  the  Pixel Aspect Ratio mode (not to be confused with
	      DAR, the Display Aspect Ratio).  PAR is the ratio of  the  width
	      and  height  of  a single pixel.	So both are related like this:
	      DAR = PAR * (width/height).
	      MPEG-4 defines 5 pixel aspect ratios and one extended one,  giv-
	      ing the opportunity to specify a specific pixel aspect ratio.  5
	      standard modes can be specified:
		 vga11
		      It is the usual PAR for PC content.  Pixels are a square
		      unit.
		 pal43
		      PAL standard 4:3 PAR.  Pixels are rectangles.
		 pal169
		      same as above
		 ntsc43
		      same as above
		 ntsc169
		      same as above (Do not forget to give the exact ratio.)
		 ext
		      Allows  you  to specify your own pixel aspect ratio with
		      par_width and par_height.
	      _N_O_T_E_: In general,  setting  aspect  and  autoaspect  options  is
	      enough.

       ppaarr__wwiiddtthh==<<11--225555>> ((ppaarr==eexxtt oonnllyy))
	      Specifies the width of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       ppaarr__hheeiigghhtt==<<11--225555>> ((ppaarr==eexxtt oonnllyy))
	      Specifies the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       aassppeecctt==<<xx//yy || ff ((ffllooaatt vvaalluuee))>>
	      Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG files.  Much nicer
	      solution than  rescaling,  because  quality  is  not  decreased.
	      MPlayer  and a few others players will play these files correct-
	      ly, others will display them with the wrong aspect.  The	aspect
	      parameter can be given as a ratio or a floating point number.

       ((nnoo))aauuttooaassppeecctt
	      Same  as	the  aspect option, but automatically computes aspect,
	      taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
	      made in the filter chain.

       ppssnnrr
	      Print  the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video
	      after encoding and store the per frame PSNR in  a  file  with  a
	      name  like 'psnr_hhmmss.log' in the current directory.  Returned
	      values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better.


       The following option is only available in XviD 1.1.x.

       bbvvhhqq==<<00||11>>
	      This setting allows vector candidates for B-frames  to  be  used
	      for the encoding chosen using a rate distortion optimized opera-
	      tor, which is what is done for P-frames by the vhq option.  This
	      produces	nicer-looking  B-frames while incurring almost no per-
	      formance penalty (default: 1).


       The following option is only available in the CVS version of XviD.

       tthhrreeaaddss==<<00--nn>>
	      Create n threads to run the motion estimation (default: 0).  The
	      maximum number of threads that can be used is the picture height
	      divided by 16.

   xx226644eenncc ((--xx226644eennccooppttss))
       bbiittrraattee==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      Sets the average bitrate to be used  in  kbits/second  (default:
	      off).  Since local bitrate may vary, this average may be inaccu-
	      rate for very short videos (see ratetol).  Constant bitrate  can
	      be  achieved  by combining this with vbv_maxrate, at significant
	      reduction in quality.

       qqpp==<<00--5511>>
	      This selects the quantizer to use for P-frames.  I- and B-frames
	      are  offset  from this value by ip_factor and pb_factor, respec-
	      tively.  20-40 is a useful range (default:  26).	 Lower	values
	      result  in better fidelity, but higher bitrates.	0 is lossless.
	      Note  that  quantization	in  H.264   works   differently   from
	      MPEG-1/2/4:  H.264's  quantization  parameter (QP) is on a loga-
	      rithmic scale.  The mapping  is  approximately  H264QP  =  12  +
	      6*log2(MPEGQP).	For  example,  MPEG  at  QP=2 is equivalent to
	      H.264 at QP=18.

       ccrrff==<<11--5500>>
	      Enables constant quality mode, and  selects  the	quality.   The
	      scale  is similar to QP.	Like the bitrate-based modes, this al-
	      lows each frame to use a different QP based on the frame's  com-
	      plexity.

       ppaassss==<<11--33>>
	      Enable  2 or 3-pass mode.  It is recommended to always encode in
	      2 or 3-pass mode as it leads to a better	bit  distribution  and
	      improves overall quality.
		 1    first pass
		 2    second pass (of two pass encoding)
		 3    Nth  pass  (second and third passes of three pass encod-
		      ing)
	      Here is how it works, and how to use it:
	      The first pass (pass=1) collects statistics  on  the  video  and
	      writes  them  to a file.	You might want to deactivate some CPU-
	      hungry options, apart from the ones that are on by default.
	      In two pass mode, the second pass (pass=2) reads the  statistics
	      file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
	      In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that is not a typo)
	      does both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites  them.
	      You  can	use  all  encoding options, except very CPU-hungry op-
	      tions.
	      The third pass (pass=3) is the same as the second  pass,	except
	      that  it	has the second pass' statistics to work from.  You can
	      use all encoding options, including CPU-hungry ones.
	      The first pass may use either average bitrate or constant  quan-
	      tizer.  ABR is recommended, since it does not require guessing a
	      quantizer.  Subsequent passes are ABR, and must specify bitrate.

       ttuurrbboo==<<00--22>>
	      Fast  first  pass  mode.	During the first pass of a two or more
	      pass encode it is possible to gain speed by disabling  some  op-
	      tions with negligible or even no impact on the final pass output
	      quality.
		 0    disabled (default)
		 1    Reduce subq, frameref and disable some  inter-macroblock
		      partition analysis modes.
		 2    Reduce  subq  and frameref to 1, use a diamond ME search
		      and disable all partition analysis modes.
	      Level 1 can increase first pass speed up to 2x with no change in
	      the  global  PSNR  of  the final pass compared to a full quality
	      first pass.
	      Level 2 can increase first pass speed up to 4x  with  about  +/-
	      0.05dB change in the global PSNR of the final pass compared to a
	      full quality first pass.

       kkeeyyiinntt==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      Sets maximum interval between IDR-frames (default: 250).	Larger
	      values  save  bits, thus improve quality, at the cost of seeking
	      precision.  Unlike MPEG-1/2/4, H.264 does not  suffer  from  DCT
	      drift with large values of keyint.

       kkeeyyiinntt__mmiinn==<<11--kkeeyyiinntt//22>>
	      Sets  minimum  interval  between	IDR-frames  (default: 25).  If
	      scenecuts appear within this interval, they are still encoded as
	      I-frames, but do not start a new GOP.  In H.264, I-frames do not
	      necessarily bound a closed GOP because it is allowable for a  P-
	      frame  to  be predicted from more frames than just the one frame
	      before it (also see frameref).  Therefore, I-frames are not nec-
	      essarily seekable.  IDR-frames restrict subsequent P-frames from
	      referring to any frame prior to the IDR-frame.

       sscceenneeccuutt==<<--11--110000>>
	      Controls how aggressively to  insert  extra  I-frames  (default:
	      40).   With  small  values  of  scenecut, the codec often has to
	      force an I-frame when it would exceed keyint.   Good  values  of
	      scenecut may find a better location for the I-frame.  Large val-
	      ues use more I-frames than necessary,  thus  wasting  bits.   -1
	      disables scene-cut detection, so I-frames are inserted only once
	      every other keyint frames, even if a scene-cut  occurs  earlier.
	      This  is not recommended and wastes bitrate as scenecuts encoded
	      as P-frames are just as big as I-frames, but do  not  reset  the
	      "keyint counter".

       ffrraammeerreeff==<<11--1166>>
	      Number  of previous frames used as predictors in B- and P-frames
	      (default: 1).  This is effective in anime,  but  in  live-action
	      material	the improvements usually drop off very rapidly above 6
	      or so reference frames.  This has no effect on  decoding	speed,
	      but does increase the memory needed for decoding.  Some decoders
	      can only handle a maximum of 15 reference frames.

       bbffrraammeess==<<00--1166>>
	      maximum number of consecutive B-frames between I-  and  P-frames
	      (default: 0)

       ((nnoo))bb__aaddaapptt
	      Automatically  decides  when to use B-frames and how many, up to
	      the maximum specified above (default: on).  If  this  option  is
	      disabled, then the maximum number of B-frames is used.

       bb__bbiiaass==<<--110000--110000>>
	      Controls	the  decision  performed  by b_adapt.  A higher b_bias
	      produces more B-frames (default: 0).

       ((nnoo))bb__ppyyrraammiidd
	      Allows B-frames to be used as references	for  predicting  other
	      frames.	For example, consider 3 consecutive B-frames: I0 B1 B2
	      B3 P4.  Without this option, B-frames follow the same pattern as
	      MPEG-[124].   So they are coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2 B3, and
	      all the B-frames are predicted from I0 and P4.   With  this  op-
	      tion,  they  are	coded  as  I0  P4 B2 B1 B3.  B2 is the same as
	      above, but B1 is predicted from I0 and B2, and B3  is  predicted
	      from  B2 and P4.	This usually results in slightly improved com-
	      pression, at almost no speed cost.  However, this is an  experi-
	      mental  option:  it  is not fully tuned and may not always help.
	      Requires bframes >= 2.  Disadvantage: increases  decoding  delay
	      to 2 frames.

       ((nnoo))ddeebblloocckk
	      Use  deblocking  filter  (default: on).  As it takes very little
	      time compared to its quality gain, it is not recommended to dis-
	      able it.

       ddeebblloocckk==<<--66--66>>,,<<--66--66>>
	      The  first  parameter  is  AlphaC0  (default:  0).  This adjusts
	      thresholds for the H.264 in-loop deblocking filter.  First, this
	      parameter  adjusts  the maximum amount of change that the filter
	      is allowed to cause on any one pixel.  Secondly, this  parameter
	      affects  the threshold for difference across the edge being fil-
	      tered.  A positive value reduces blocking  artifacts  more,  but
	      will also smear details.
	      The second parameter is Beta (default: 0).  This affects the de-
	      tail threshold.  Very detailed blocks are  not  filtered,  since
	      the smoothing caused by the filter would be more noticeable than
	      the original blocking.
	      The default behavior of the filter almost always achieves  opti-
	      mal quality, so it is best to either leave it alone, or make on-
	      ly small adjustments.  However, if your source material  already
	      has  some  blocking  or noise which you would like to remove, it
	      may be a good idea to turn it up a little bit.

       ((nnoo))ccaabbaacc
	      Use CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding)  (default:
	      on).  Slightly slows down encoding and decoding, but should save
	      10-15% bitrate.  Unless you are looking for decoding speed,  you
	      should not disable it.

       qqpp__mmiinn==<<11--5511>> ((AABBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss))
	      Minimum  quantizer,  10-30  seems to be a useful range (default:
	      10).

       qqpp__mmaaxx==<<11--5511>> ((AABBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss))
	      maximum quantizer (default: 51)

       qqpp__sstteepp==<<11--5500>> ((AABBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss))
	      maximum value by which the quantizer may	be  incremented/decre-
	      mented between frames (default: 4)

       rraatteettooll==<<00..11--110000..00>> ((AABBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss))
	      allowed  variance  in average bitrate (no particular units) (de-
	      fault: 1.0)

       vvbbvv__mmaaxxrraattee==<<vvaalluuee>> ((AABBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss))
	      maximum local bitrate, in kbits/second (default: disabled)

       vvbbvv__bbuuffssiizzee==<<vvaalluuee>> ((AABBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss))
	      averaging period for vbv_maxrate, in kbits (default: none,  must
	      be specified if vbv_maxrate is enabled)

       vvbbvv__iinniitt==<<00..00--11..00>> ((AABBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss))
	      initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vbv_bufsize (default:
	      0.9)

       iipp__ffaaccttoorr==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      quantizer factor between I- and P-frames (default: 1.4)

       ppbb__ffaaccttoorr==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      quantizer factor between P- and B-frames (default: 1.3)

       qqccoommpp==<<00--11>> ((AABBRR oorr ttwwoo ppaassss))
	      quantizer compression (default: 0.6).  A lower value  makes  the
	      bitrate  more constant, while a higher value makes the quantiza-
	      tion parameter more constant.

       ccppllxx__bblluurr==<<00--999999>> ((ttwwoo ppaassss oonnllyy))
	      Temporal blur of the estimated frame  complexity,  before  curve
	      compression  (default:  20).   Lower  values allow the quantizer
	      value to jump around more, higher values force it to  vary  more
	      smoothly.   cplx_blur ensures that each I-frame has quality com-
	      parable to the following P-frames, and ensures that  alternating
	      high  and  low complexity frames (e.g. low fps animation) do not
	      waste bits on fluctuating quantizer.

       qqbblluurr==<<00--9999>> ((ttwwoo ppaassss oonnllyy))
	      Temporal blur of the quantization parameter,  after  curve  com-
	      pression (default: 0.5).	Lower values allow the quantizer value
	      to jump around more, higher values force it to vary more smooth-
	      ly.

       zzoonneess==<<zzoonnee00>>[[//<<zzoonnee11>>[[//......]]]]
	      User  specified  quality	for  specific  parts (ending, credits,
	      ...).  Each zone is <start-frame>,<end-frame>,<option> where op-
	      tion may be
		 q=<0-51>
		      quantizer
		 b=<0.01-100.0>
		      bitrate multiplier
	      _N_O_T_E_: The quantizer option is not strictly enforced.  It affects
	      only the planning stage of ratecontrol, and is still subject  to
	      overflow compensation and qp_min/qp_max.

       ddiirreecctt__pprreedd==<<nnaammee>>
	      Determines  the  type  of motion prediction used for direct mac-
	      roblocks in B-frames.
		 none Direct macroblocks are not used.
		 spatial
		      Motion vectors are extrapolated from neighboring blocks.
		      (default)
		 temporal
		      Motion  vectors  are  interpolated from the following P-
		      frame.
		 auto The codec selects between spatial and temporal for  each
		      frame.
	      Spatial  and temporal are approximately the same speed and PSNR,
	      the choice between them depends on the video content.   Auto  is
	      slightly	better,  but slower.  Auto is most effective when com-
	      bined with multipass.  direct_pred=none is both slower and lower
	      quality.

       ((nnoo))wweeiigghhtt__bb
	      Use weighted prediction in B-frames.  Without this option, bidi-
	      rectionally predicted macroblocks give equal weight to each ref-
	      erence  frame.   With this option, the weights are determined by
	      the temporal position of the B-frame relative to the references.
	      Requires bframes > 1.

       ppaarrttiittiioonnss==<<lliisstt>>
	      Enable	 some	  optional    macroblock    types    (default:
	      p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).
		 p8x8 Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.
		 p4x4 Enable types p8x4, p4x8, p4x4.  p4x4 is recommended only
		      with subq >= 5, and only at low resolutions.
		 b8x8 Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.
		 i8x8 Enable  type  i8x8.  i8x8 has no effect unless 8x8dct is
		      enabled.
		 i4x4 Enable type i4x4.
		 all  Enable all of the above types.
		 none Disable all of the above types.
	      Regardless of this option, macroblock types p16x16, b16x16,  and
	      i16x16 are always enabled.
	      The  idea is to find the type and size that best describe a cer-
	      tain area of the picture.  For example, a global pan  is	better
	      represented by 16x16 blocks, while small moving objects are bet-
	      ter represented by smaller blocks.

       ((nnoo))88xx88ddcctt
	      Adaptive spatial transform size: allows  macroblocks  to	choose
	      between  4x4 and 8x8 DCT.  Also allows the i8x8 macroblock type.
	      Without this option, only 4x4 DCT is used.

       mmee==<<nnaammee>>
	      Select fullpixel motion estimation algorithm.
		 dia  diamond search, radius 1 (fast)
		 hex  hexagon search, radius 2 (default)
		 umh  uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)
		 esa  exhaustive search (very slow, and no better than umh)

       mmee__rraannggee==<<44--6644>>
	      radius of exhaustive or multi-hexagon  motion  search  (default:
	      16)

       ssuubbqq==<<11--77>>
	      Adjust subpel refinement quality.  This parameter controls qual-
	      ity versus speed tradeoffs involved in the motion estimation de-
	      cision  process.	 subq=5  can  compress	up  to 10% better than
	      subq=1.
		 1    Runs fullpixel precision motion estimation on all candi-
		      date  macroblock	types.	 Then  selects	the best type.
		      Then refines the motion of that type to fast quarterpix-
		      el precision (fastest).
		 2    Runs halfpixel precision motion estimation on all candi-
		      date macroblock types.   Then  selects  the  best  type.
		      Then refines the motion of that type to fast quarterpix-
		      el precision.
		 3    As 2, but uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.
		 4    Runs fast quarterpixel precision	motion	estimation  on
		      all  candidate  macroblock types.  Then selects the best
		      type.  Then finishes  the  quarterpixel  refinement  for
		      that type.
		 5    Runs  best quality quarterpixel precision motion estima-
		      tion on all candidate macroblock types, before selecting
		      the best type (default).
		 6    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
		      in I- and P-frames.
		 7    Enables rate-distortion optimization of  motion  vectors
		      and intra modes. (best)
	      In the above, "all candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled
	      types: 4x4, 4x8, 8x4 are tried only if 8x8 is better than 16x16.

       ((nnoo))cchhrroommaa__mmee
	      Takes  into  account  chroma  information during subpixel motion
	      search (default: enabled).  Requires subq>=5.

       ((nnoo))mmiixxeedd__rreeffss
	      Allows each 8x8 or 16x8 motion partition to independently select
	      a reference frame.  Without this option, a whole macroblock must
	      use the same reference.  Requires frameref>1.

       ((nnoo))bbrrddoo
	      Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types	in  B-
	      frames.  Requires subq>=6.

       ((nnoo))bbiimmee
	      Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks,
	      rather than re-using  vectors  from  the	forward  and  backward
	      searches.  This option has no effect without B-frames.

       ttrreelllliiss==<<00--22>>
	      rate-distortion optimal quantization
		 0    disabled (default)
		 1    enabled only for the final encode
		 2    enabled	during	all  mode  decisions  (slow,  requires
		      subq>=6)

       ddeeaaddzzoonnee__iinntteerr==<<00--3322>>
	      Set the size of the inter luma quantization  deadzone  for  non-
	      trellis quantization (default: 21).

       ddeeaaddzzoonnee__iinnttrraa==<<00--3322>>
	      Set  the	size  of the intra luma quantization deadzone for non-
	      trellis quantization (default: 11).

       ((nnoo))ffaasstt__ppsskkiipp
	      Performs early skip detection in	P-frames  (default:  enabled).
	      This  usually  improves  speed  at no cost, but it can sometimes
	      produce artifacts in areas with no details, like sky.

       ((nnoo))ddcctt__ddeecciimmaattee
	      Eliminate dct blocks in P-frames containing only a small	single
	      coefficient  (default: enabled).	This will remove some details,
	      so it will save bits that can be spent again  on	other  frames,
	      hopefully  raising  overall subjective quality.  If you are com-
	      pressing non-anime content with a high target bitrate,  you  may
	      want to disable this to preserve as much detail as possible.

       nnrr==<<00--110000000000>>
	      Noise  reduction,  0 means disabled.  100-1000 is a useful range
	      for typical content, but you may want to turn it up a  bit  more
	      for  very noisy content (default: 0).  Given its small impact on
	      speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
	      away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       cchhrroommaa__qqpp__ooffffsseett==<<--1122--1122>>
	      Use  a different quantizer for chroma as compared to luma.  Use-
	      ful values are in the range <-2-2> (default: 0).

       ccqqmm==<<ffllaatt||jjvvtt||<<ffiilleennaammee>>>>
	      Either uses a predefined custom quantization matrix or  loads  a
	      JM format matrix file.
		 flat
		      Use the predefined flat 16 matrix (default).
		 jvt
		      Use the predefined JVT matrix.
		 <filename>
		      Use the provided JM format matrix file.
	      _N_O_T_E_: Windows CMD.EXE users may experience problems with parsing
	      the command line if they attempt to use all the CQM lists.  This
	      is  due to a command line length limitation.  In this case it is
	      recommended the lists be put into a JM format CQM file and load-
	      ed as specified above.

       ccqqmm44iiyy==<<lliisstt>> ((aallssoo sseeee ccqqmm))
	      Custom  4x4  intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       ccqqmm44iicc==<<lliisstt>> ((aallssoo sseeee ccqqmm))
	      Custom 4x4 intra chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       ccqqmm44ppyy==<<lliisstt>> ((aallssoo sseeee ccqqmm))
	      Custom  4x4  inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       ccqqmm44ppcc==<<lliisstt>> ((aallssoo sseeee ccqqmm))
	      Custom 4x4 inter chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       ccqqmm88iiyy==<<lliisstt>> ((aallssoo sseeee ccqqmm))
	      Custom  8x8  intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       ccqqmm88ppyy==<<lliisstt>> ((aallssoo sseeee ccqqmm))
	      Custom 8x8 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of  64  comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       lleevveell__iiddcc==<<1100--5511>>
	      Set  the	bitstream's  level  as defined by annex A of the H.264
	      standard (default: 51 - Level 5.1).  This is  used  for  telling
	      the decoder what capabilities it needs to support.  Use this pa-
	      rameter only if you know what it means, and you have a  need  to
	      set it.

       tthhrreeaaddss==<<11--44>>
	      Split  each  frame  into slices and encode them in parallel (de-
	      fault: 1).  Also allows multithreaded decoding  if  the  decoder
	      supports	it (lavc does not).  This has a slight penalty to com-
	      pression.  Requires that libx264 was compiled with pthread  sup-
	      port;  if  not,  this  option will produce a warning and enables
	      slices but not multithreading.

       ((nnoo))gglloobbaall__hheeaaddeerr
	      Causes SPS and PPS to appear only once, at the beginning of  the
	      bitstream  (default:  disabled).	Some players, such as the Sony
	      PSP, require the use of this option.  The default behavior caus-
	      es SPS and PPS to repeat prior to each IDR frame.

       ((nnoo))iinntteerrllaacceedd
	      Treat the video content as interlaced.

       lloogg==<<--11--33>>
	      Adjust the amount of logging info printed to the screen.
		 -1   none
		  0   Print errors only.
		  1   warnings
		  2   PSNR  and other analysis statistics when the encode fin-
		      ishes (default)
		  3   PSNR, QP, frametype, size, and other statistics for  ev-
		      ery frame

       ((nnoo))ppssnnrr
	      Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics.
	      _N_O_T_E_:  The  'Y',	'U', 'V', and 'Avg' PSNR fields in the summary
	      are not mathematically sound (they are  simply  the  average  of
	      per-frame  PSNRs).   They are kept only for comparison to the JM
	      reference codec.	For all other purposes, please use either  the
	      'Global' PSNR, or the per-frame PSNRs printed by log=3.

       ((nnoo))ssssiimm
	      Print  the Structural Similarity Metric results.	This is an al-
	      ternative to PSNR, and may be better correlated  with  the  per-
	      ceived quality of the compressed video.

       ((nnoo))vviissuuaalliizzee
	      Enable x264 visualizations during encoding.  If the x264 on your
	      system supports it, a new window will be opened during  the  en-
	      coding  process,	in which x264 will attempt to present an over-
	      view of how each frame gets encoded.  Each block type on the vi-
	      sualized movie will be colored as follows:
		 red/pink
		      intra block
		 blue
		      inter block
		 green
		      skip block
		 yellow
		      B-block
	      This  feature  can  be  considered  experimental	and subject to
	      change.  In particular, it depends on x264 being	compiled  with
	      visualizations  enabled.	 Note  that  as  of writing this, x264
	      pauses after encoding and visualizing each  frame,  waiting  for
	      the  user  to press a key, at which point the next frame will be
	      encoded.

   xxvvffww ((--xxvvffwwooppttss))
       Encoding with Video for Windows codecs is mostly  obsolete  unless  you
       wish to encode to some obscure fringe codec.

       ccooddeecc==<<nnaammee>>
	      The name of the binary codec file with which to encode.

   MMPPEEGG mmuuxxeerr ((--mmppeeggooppttss))
       The  MPEG muxer can generate 5 types of streams, each of which has rea-
       sonable default parameters that the user can override.  Generally, when
       generating MPEG files, it is advisable to disable MEncoder's frame-skip
       code (see -noskip, -mc as well as the harddup and softskip  video  fil-
       ters).

       _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_:
		 format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000

       ffoorrmmaatt==<<mmppeegg11 || mmppeegg22 || xxvvccdd || xxssvvccdd || ddvvdd>>
	      stream format (default: mpeg2)

       ssiizzee==<<uupp ttoo 6655553355>>
	      Pack  size  in bytes, do not change unless you know exactly what
	      you are doing (default: 2048).

       mmuuxxrraattee==<<iinntt>>
	      Nominal muxrate in kbit/s used in  the  pack  headers  (default:
	      1800  kb/s).   Will be updated as necessary in the case of 'for-
	      mat=mpeg1' or 'mpeg2'.

       ttssaaff
	      Sets timestamps on all frames, if possible.

       iinniitt__vvppttss==<<110000--770000>>
	      initial video pts, in milliseconds (default: 200)

       iinniitt__aappttss==<<110000--770000>>
	      initial audio pts, in milliseconds (default: 200)

       vvddeellaayy==<<11--3322776600>>
	      Initial video delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0),  use  it
	      if you want to delay video with respect to audio.

       ddrroopp
	      When  used  with	init_adelay  the muxer drops the part of audio
	      that was anticipated.

       vvwwiiddtthh,, vvhheeiigghhtt==<<11--44009955>>
	      Set the video width and height when video is MPEG-1/2.

       vvppsswwiiddtthh,, vvppsshheeiigghhtt==<<11--44009955>>
	      Set pan and scan video width and height when video is MPEG-2.

       vvaassppeecctt==<<11 || 44//33 || 1166//99 || 222211//110000>>
	      Sets the display aspect ratio for MPEG-2 video.  Do not  use  it
	      on  MPEG-1  or  the  resulting  aspect  ratio will be completely
	      wrong.

       vvbbiittrraattee==<<iinntt>>
	      Sets the video bitrate in kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.

       vvffrraammeerraattee==<<2244000000//11000011 || 2244 || 2255 || 3300000000//11000011 || 3300 || 5500 || 6600000000//11000011  ||
       6600 >>
	      Sets the framerate for MPEG-1/2 video.  This option will be  ig-
	      nored if used with the telecine option.

       tteelleecciinnee
	      Enables 3:2 pulldown soft telecine mode: The muxer will make the
	      video stream look like it was encoded at 30000/1001 or  30  fps.
	      It  only works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate, con-
	      verted with -ofps, is either 24000/1001 or 24  fps.   Any  other
	      framerate is incompatible with this option.

       ffiillmm22ppaall
	      Enables FILM to PAL and NTSC to PAL soft telecine mode: The mux-
	      er will make the video stream look like it  was  encoded	at  25
	      fps.  It only works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate,
	      converted with -ofps, is either 24000/1001 or 24 fps.  Any other
	      framerate is incompatible with this option.

   FFFFmmppeegg lliibbaavvffoorrmmaatt ddeemmuuxxeerrss ((--llaavvffddooppttss))
       pprroobbeessiizzee==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      Maximum  amount of data to probe during the detection phase.  In
	      the case of MPEG-TS this value identifies the maximum number  of
	      TS packets to scan.

   FFFFmmppeegg lliibbaavvffoorrmmaatt mmuuxxeerrss ((--llaavvffooppttss)) ((aallssoo sseeee --ooff llaavvff))
       ddeellaayy==<<vvaalluuee>>
	      Currently  only  meaningful  for	MPEG[12]: Maximum allowed dis-
	      tance, in seconds, between the reference	timer  of  the	output
	      stream  (SCR)  and  the  decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream
	      present (demux to decode delay).	Default is 0.7 (as mandated by
	      the  standards  defined  by MPEG).  Higher values require larger
	      buffers and must not be used.

       ffoorrmmaatt==<<ccoonnttaaiinneerr__ffoorrmmaatt>>
	      Override which container format to mux into (default: autodetect
	      from output file extension).
		 mpg
		      MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2 PS
		 asf
		      Advanced Streaming Format
		 avi
		      Audio Video Interleave file
		 wav
		      Waveform Audio
		 swf
		      Macromedia Flash
		 flv
		      Macromedia Flash video files
		 rm
		      RealAudio and RealVideo
		 au
		      SUN AU format
		 nut
		      NUT open container format (experimental)
		 mov
		      QuickTime
		 mp4
		      MPEG-4 format
		 dv
		      Sony Digital Video container

       ii__cceerrttiiffyy__tthhaatt__mmyy__vviiddeeoo__ssttrreeaamm__ddooeess__nnoott__uussee__bb__ffrraammeess
	      MEncoder	cannot	assign	correct  timestamps  when there are B-
	      frames in the video stream, resulting in broken encodes.

       mmuuxxrraattee==<<rraattee>>
	      Nominal bitrate of the multiplex, in bits per second;  currently
	      it  is  meaningful  only	for MPEG[12].  Sometimes raising it is
	      necessary in order to avoid "buffer underflows".

       ppaacckkeettssiizzee==<<ssiizzee>>
	      Size, expressed in bytes, of the unitary packet for  the	chosen
	      format.	When  muxing  to  MPEG[12] implementations the default
	      values are: 2324 for [S]VCD, 2048 for all others formats.

       pprreellooaadd==<<ddiissttaannccee>>
	      Currently only meaningful for  MPEG[12]:	Initial  distance,  in
	      seconds,	between the reference timer of the output stream (SCR)
	      and the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream  present	(demux
	      to decode delay).

EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT VVAARRIIAABBLLEESS
       There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control
       the behavior of MPlayer and MEncoder.

       MMPPLLAAYYEERR__CCHHAARRSSEETT ((aallssoo sseeee --mmssggcchhaarrsseett))
	      Convert console messages to the specified charset (default:  au-
	      todetect).  A value of "noconv" means no conversion.

       MMPPLLAAYYEERR__HHOOMMEE
	      Directory where MPlayer looks for user settings.

       MMPPLLAAYYEERR__VVEERRBBOOSSEE ((aallssoo sseeee --vv aanndd --mmssgglleevveell))
	      Set  the initial verbosity level across all message modules (de-
	      fault: 0).  Negative values result in fewer messages while posi-
	      tive values result in more.

   lliibbaaff::
       LLAADDSSPPAA__PPAATTHH
	      If  LADSPA_PATH  is set, it searches for the specified file.  If
	      it is not set, you  must	supply	a  fully  specified  pathname.
	      FIXME: This is also mentioned in the ladspa section.

   lliibbmmppddvvddkkiitt22::
       DDVVDDCCSSSS__CCAACCHHEE
	      Specify  a  directory  in which to store title key values.  This
	      will speed up descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache.   The
	      DVDCSS_CACHE  directory  is  created if it does not exist, and a
	      subdirectory is created named after the DVD's title or  manufac-
	      turing  date.  If DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or is empty, libdvdcss
	      will use the default value  which  is  "${HOME}/.dvdcss/"  under
	      Unix and "C:\Documents and Settings\$USER\Application Data\dvdc-
	      ss\" under Win32.  The special value "off" disables caching.

       DDVVDDCCSSSS__MMEETTHHOODD
	      Sets the authentication and  decryption  method  that  libdvdcss
	      will  use  to read scrambled discs.  Can be one of title, key or
	      disc.
		 key
		      is the default method.  libdvdcss will use a set of cal-
		      culated  player  keys to try and get the disc key.  This
		      can fail if the drive does  not  recognize  any  of  the
		      player keys.
		 disc
		      is  a  fallback  method when key has failed.  Instead of
		      using player keys, libdvdcss will crack the disc key us-
		      ing a brute force algorithm.  This process is CPU inten-
		      sive and requires 64 MB of memory to store temporary da-
		      ta.
		 title
		      is  the fallback when all other methods have failed.  It
		      does not rely on a key exchange with the DVD drive,  but
		      rather  uses a crypto attack to guess the title key.  On
		      rare cases this may fail because there is not enough en-
		      crypted  data  on  the disc to perform a statistical at-
		      tack, but in the other hand it is the only  way  to  de-
		      crypt  a	DVD  stored  on a hard disc, or a DVD with the
		      wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

       DDVVDDCCSSSS__RRAAWW__DDEEVVIICCEE
	      Specify the raw device to use.  Exact usage will depend on  your
	      operating  system,  the  Linux  utility to set up raw devices is
	      raw(8) for instance.  Please note that on  most  operating  sys-
	      tems,  using a raw device requires highly aligned buffers: Linux
	      requires a 2048 bytes alignment (which is the size of a DVD sec-
	      tor).

       DDVVDDCCSSSS__VVEERRBBOOSSEE
	      Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
		 0    Outputs no messages at all.
		 1    Outputs error messages to stderr.
		 2    Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

       DDVVDDRREEAADD__NNOOKKEEYYSS
	      Skip retrieving all keys on startup.  Currently disabled.

       HHOOMMEE   FIXME: Document this.

   lliibbaaoo22::
       AAOO__SSUUNN__DDIISSAABBLLEE__SSAAMMPPLLEE__TTIIMMIINNGG
	      FIXME: Document this.

       AAUUDDIIOODDEEVV
	      FIXME: Document this.

       AAUUDDIIOOSSEERRVVEERR
	      Specifies the Network Audio System server to which the nas audio
	      output driver should connect and the transport  that  should  be
	      used.   If  unset DISPLAY is used instead.  The transport can be
	      one of  tcp  and	unix.	Syntax	is  tcp/<somehost>:<someport>,
	      <somehost>:<instancenumber> or [unix]:<instancenumber>.  The NAS
	      base port is 8000 and <instancenumber> is added to that.

	      _E_X_A_M_P_L_E_S_:
		 AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0
		      Connect to NAS server on somehost using default port and
		      transport.
		 AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000
		      Connect  to NAS server on somehost listening on TCP port
		      8000.
		 AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0
		      Connect to NAS server instance 0 on localhost using unix
		      domain sockets.

       DDIISSPPLLAAYY
	      FIXME: Document this.

   vviiddiixx::
       VVIIDDIIXX__CCRRTT
	      FIXME: Document this.

   oossddeepp::
       TTEERRMM   FIXME: Document this.

   lliibbvvoo::
       DDIISSPPLLAAYY
	      FIXME: Document this.

       FFRRAAMMEEBBUUFFFFEERR
	      FIXME: Document this.

       HHOOMMEE   FIXME: Document this.

   lliibbmmppddeemmuuxx::
       HHOOMMEE   FIXME: Document this.

       HHOOMMEEPPAATTHH
	      FIXME: Document this.

       hhttttpp__pprrooxxyy
	      FIXME: Document this.

       LLOOGGNNAAMMEE
	      FIXME: Document this.

       UUSSEERRPPRROOFFIILLEE
	      FIXME: Document this.

   lliibbmmppccooddeeccss::
       XXAANNIIMM__MMOODD__DDIIRR
	      FIXME: Document this.

   GGUUII::
       CCHHAARRSSEETT
	      FIXME: Document this.

       DDIISSPPLLAAYY
	      FIXME: Document this.

       HHOOMMEE   FIXME: Document this.

   lliibbaavvffoorrmmaatt::
       AAUUDDIIOO__FFLLIIPP__LLEEFFTT
	      FIXME: Document this.

       BBKKTTRR__DDEEVV
	      FIXME: Document this.

       BBKKTTRR__FFOORRMMAATT
	      FIXME: Document this.

       BBKKTTRR__FFRREEQQUUEENNCCYY
	      FIXME: Document this.

       hhttttpp__pprrooxxyy
	      FIXME: Document this.

       nnoo__pprrooxxyy
	      FIXME: Document this.

FFIILLEESS
       /usr/local/share/mplayer/mplayer.conf
	      MPlayer system-wide settings

       /usr/local/share/mplayer/mencoder.conf
	      MEncoder system-wide settings

       ~/.mplayer/config
	      MPlayer user settings

       ~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf
	      MEncoder user settings

       ~/.mplayer/input.conf
	      input bindings (see '-input keylist' for the full list)

       ~/.mplayer/gui.conf
	      GUI configuration file

       ~/.mplayer/gui.pl
	      GUI playlist

       ~/.mplayer/font/
	      font  directory  (There  must be a font.desc file and files with
	      .RAW extension.)

       ~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/
	      cached CSS keys

       Assuming that /path/to/movie.avi is played, MPlayer  searches  for  sub
       files
	      in this order:
	      /path/to/movie.sub
	      ~/.mplayer/sub/movie.sub

EEXXAAMMPPLLEESS OOFF MMPPLLAAYYEERR UUSSAAGGEE
       QQuuiicckkssttaarrtt DDVVDD ppllaayyiinngg::
       mplayer dvd://1

       PPllaayy iinn JJaappaanneessee wwiitthh EEnngglliisshh ssuubbttiittlleess::
       mplayer dvd://1 -alang ja -slang en

       PPllaayy oonnllyy cchhaapptteerrss 55,, 66,, 77::
       mplayer dvd://1 -chapter 5-7

       PPllaayy oonnllyy ttiittlleess 55,, 66,, 77::
       mplayer dvd://5-7

       PPllaayy aa mmuullttiiaannggllee DDVVDD::
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvdangle 2

       PPllaayy ffrroomm aa ddiiffffeerreenntt DDVVDD ddeevviiccee::
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/acd0

       PPllaayy DDVVDD vviiddeeoo ffrroomm aa ddiirreeccttoorryy wwiitthh VVOOBB ffiilleess::
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /path/to/directory/

       CCooppyy aa DDVVDD ttiittllee ttoo hhaarrdd ddiisskk,, ssaavviinngg ttoo ffiillee ttiittllee11..vvoobb ::
       mplayer dvd://1 -dumpstream -dumpfile title1.vob

       SSttrreeaamm ffrroomm HHTTTTPP::
       mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi

       SSttrreeaamm uussiinngg RRTTSSPP::
       mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName

       CCoonnvveerrtt ssuubbttiittlleess ttoo MMPPssuubb ffoorrmmaatt::
       mplayer dummy.avi -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       CCoonnvveerrtt ssuubbttiittlleess ttoo MMPPssuubb ffoorrmmaatt wwiitthhoouutt wwaattcchhiinngg tthhee mmoovviiee::
       mplayer /dev/zero -rawvideo pal:fps=xx -demuxer rawvideo -vc null -vo null -noframedrop -benchmark -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       iinnppuutt ffrroomm ssttaannddaarrdd VV44LL::
       mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 -vc rawi420 -vo xv

       PPllaayybbaacckk oonn ZZoorraann ccaarrddss ((oolldd ssttyyllee,, ddeepprreeccaatteedd))::
       mplayer -vo zr -vf scale=352:288 file.avi

       PPllaayybbaacckk oonn ZZoorraann ccaarrddss ((nneeww ssttyyllee))::
       mplayer -vo zr2 -vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi

       PPllaayy aa 66--cchhaannnneell AAAACC ffiillee wwiitthh oonnllyy ttwwoo ssppeeaakkeerrss::
       mplayer -rawaudio format=0xff -demuxer rawaudio -af pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33 adts_he-aac160_51.aac
       You might want to play a bit with the pan values (e.g multiply  with  a
       value) to increase volume or avoid clipping.

EEXXAAMMPPLLEESS OOFF MMEENNCCOODDEERR UUSSAAGGEE
       EEnnccooddee DDVVDD ttiittllee ##22,, oonnllyy sseelleecctteedd cchhaapptteerrss::
       mencoder dvd://2 -chapter 10-15 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       EEnnccooddee DDVVDD ttiittllee ##22,, rreessiizziinngg ttoo 664400xx448800::
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale=640:480 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       EEnnccooddee DDVVDD ttiittllee ##22,, rreessiizziinngg ttoo 551122xxHHHHHH ((kkeeeepp aassppeecctt rraattiioo))::
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale -zoom -xy 512 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       TThhee ssaammee,, bbuutt wwiitthh bbiittrraattee sseett ttoo 11880000kkbbiitt aanndd ooppttiimmiizzeedd mmaaccrroobblloocckkss::
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       TThhee ssaammee,, bbuutt wwiitthh MMJJPPEEGG ccoommpprreessssiioonn::
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       EEnnccooddee aallll **..jjppgg ffiilleess iinn tthhee ccuurrrreenntt ddiirreeccttoorryy::
       mencoder "mf://*.jpg" -mf fps=25 -o output.avi -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       EEnnccooddee ffrroomm aa ttuunneerr ((ssppeecciiffyy aa ffoorrmmaatt wwiitthh --vvff ffoorrmmaatt))::
       mencoder -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// -o tv.avi -ovc raw

       EEnnccooddee ffrroomm aa ppiippee::
       rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 -ofps 24 -

BBUUGGSS
       Don't  panic.   If  you find one, report it to us, but please make sure
       you have read all of the documentation first.  Also look out  for  smi-
       leys.  :)  Many bugs are the result of incorrect setup or parameter us-
       age.  The bug reporting section of the documentation (http://www.mplay-
       erhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/bugreports.html) explains how to create useful bug
       reports.

AAUUTTHHOORRSS
       MPlayer was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy.  See the AUTHORS  file
       for a list of some of the many other contributors.

       MPlayer is (C) 2000-2006 The MPlayer Team

       This  man  page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego
       Biurrun.  It is maintained by Diego Biurrun.  Please send  mails  about
       it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list.  Translation specific mails belong
       on the MPlayer-translations mailing list.



The MPlayer Project		  2006-10-15			    MPlayer(1)